WO2010038743A1 - Solid polymer material - Google Patents

Solid polymer material Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2010038743A1
WO2010038743A1 PCT/JP2009/066961 JP2009066961W WO2010038743A1 WO 2010038743 A1 WO2010038743 A1 WO 2010038743A1 JP 2009066961 W JP2009066961 W JP 2009066961W WO 2010038743 A1 WO2010038743 A1 WO 2010038743A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
substituted
general formula
unsubstituted
carbon atoms
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2009/066961
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
洋一郎 竹島
桂三 木村
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2010038743A1 publication Critical patent/WO2010038743A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K5/00Use of organic ingredients
    • C08K5/0008Organic ingredients according to more than one of the "one dot" groups of C08K5/01 - C08K5/59
    • C08K5/005Stabilisers against oxidation, heat, light, ozone
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08KUse of inorganic or non-macromolecular organic substances as compounding ingredients
    • C08K2201/00Specific properties of additives
    • C08K2201/014Additives containing two or more different additives of the same subgroup in C08K

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a solid polymer material, and more particularly to a solid polymer material containing an ultraviolet absorber composition.
  • the UV absorber is used for the purpose of preventing deterioration of the contents due to UV light by using a polymer material containing the UV absorber as an UV cut filter. Is done.
  • These UV cut filters can be used to protect the contents of packaging materials such as foods and pharmaceuticals, and as filters for plasma displays to protect infrared absorbers and pigments. It has been studied to be used for protecting dyes as a filter for dye-sensitized solar cells.
  • polyester is often used as a substrate, and a method of blending an ultraviolet absorber is taken. If a large amount of UV absorber is blended in order to improve the cut performance of the UV cut filter, sublimation or decomposition of the UV absorber will occur during film formation, which will contaminate equipment such as molding rolls. May lead to decline. Furthermore, there arises a problem that the ultraviolet absorber bleeds out on the film surface after film formation. For such sublimation or decomposition, it has been shown that an ultraviolet absorber having a specific structure is used, but actually, contamination of equipment due to sublimation cannot be completely prevented (for example, Patent Document 1). And 2 etc.). Further, in order to prevent bleed out, it has been shown that a laminated polyester film is used. There is a need for a simple and effective method for reducing such sublimation and bleed out.
  • the demand to cut to the long wave region of the ultraviolet region is increasing due to reasons such as protecting high-performance pigments, maintaining high weather resistance, and protecting the human body from harmful ultraviolet rays.
  • Increasing the amount of UV absorber used can further cut the long wave region, but sublimation and bleed out are likely to occur, and yellowness becomes a problem.
  • the present invention provides an ultraviolet absorber composition capable of reducing the total amount of the ultraviolet absorber without reducing the ultraviolet shielding performance, reducing bleed out, and further reducing volatilization of the ultraviolet absorber in the film process. It is an object of the present invention to provide a solid polymer material containing the above.
  • the present inventors have used ultraviolet absorbers having a specific structure having a maximum absorption wavelength at 360 to 400 nm as an auxiliary, so that the ultraviolet shielding performance is improved. It has been found that the total amount of the UV absorber can be reduced without dropping, reducing the bleed-out, and further reducing the volatilization of the UV absorber in the film process. The present invention has been made based on such findings.
  • An ultraviolet absorber composition comprising at least one ultraviolet absorber (A) having a maximum absorption wavelength of 360 to 400 nm and at least one ultraviolet absorber (B) having a maximum absorption wavelength of less than 360 nm.
  • the ratio of the ultraviolet absorber (A) to the ultraviolet absorber (B) is in the range of 1: 1 to 1: 100 by mass ratio, and the ultraviolet absorber (A) is used as an auxiliary.
  • a solid polymer material having a light transmittance of 10% or less at 370 nm and 70% or more at 410 nm.
  • ⁇ 2> The solid polymer material according to ⁇ 1>, wherein the light transmittance is 5% or less at 370 nm and 70% or more at 410 nm.
  • the ultraviolet absorber (B) is a benzotriazole, triazine, benzoxazinone, or benzophenone.
  • the ultraviolet absorber (A) is an ultraviolet absorber comprising a compound represented by the following general formula (1): .
  • Het 1 represents a divalent 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic residue.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic residue may have a substituent.
  • X a , X b , X c and X d each independently represent a hetero atom.
  • X a to X d may have a substituent.
  • Y a , Y b , Y c , Y d , Y e and Y f each independently represent a hetero atom or a carbon atom.
  • Y a to Y f may have a substituent.
  • the ring bonded to Het 1 may have a double bond at any position.
  • ⁇ 6> In the general formula (1), a ring formed by X a , X b , Y a , Y b , Y c and a carbon atom, and X c , X d , Y d , Y e , Y f and carbon
  • ⁇ 7> The solid polymer material according to any one of ⁇ 4> to ⁇ 6>, wherein the compound represented by the general formula (1) is a compound represented by the following general formula (2).
  • Het 2 is synonymous with Het 1 in the general formula (1).
  • X 2a , X 2b , X 2c and X 2d have the same meanings as X a , X b , X c and X d in the general formula (1), respectively.
  • Y 2b , Y 2c , Y 2e and Y 2f have the same meanings as Y b , Y c , Y e and Y f in the general formula (1), respectively.
  • L 1 and L 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or ⁇ NR a (R a represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent).
  • Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represents an atomic group necessary for forming a 4- to 8-membered ring together with Y 2b and Y 2c or Y 2e and Y 2f .
  • Het 3 is synonymous with Het 2 in the general formula (2).
  • X 3a , X 3b , X 3c and X 3d have the same meanings as X 2a , X 2b , X 2c and X 2d in the general formula (2), respectively.
  • R 3a , R 3b , R 3c , R 3d , R 3e , R 3f , R 3g and R 3h each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
  • Het 4 is synonymous with Het 3 in the general formula (3).
  • R 4a , R 4b , R 4c , R 4d , R 4e , R 4f , R 4g and R 4h are R 3a , R 3b , R 3c , R 3d , R 3e , R 3f in the general formula (3), respectively. , R 3g and R 3h .
  • R 5a , R 5b , R 5c , R 5d , R 5e , R 5f , R 5g and R 5h are R 4a , R 4b , R 4c , R 4d , R 4e , R in the general formula (4), respectively. It is synonymous with 4f , R4g and R4h .
  • R 5i and R 5j each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
  • the solid polymer material of the present invention can maintain the ultraviolet shielding performance even when the total amount of the ultraviolet absorber used is reduced, can suppress the film haze due to bleed out, and further reduces the volatilization of the ultraviolet absorber. It can be kept low and contamination of equipment due to volatilization of the UV absorber in the film process can be prevented.
  • the solid polymer material of the present invention comprises an ultraviolet absorber (A) having a maximum absorption wavelength of 360 to 400 nm and an ultraviolet absorber (B) having a maximum absorption wavelength of less than 360 nm.
  • the number of ultraviolet absorbers (A) is two or less, and the case where only one type is particularly preferred.
  • the number of ultraviolet absorbers (B) is preferably two or less, and particularly preferably one.
  • the solution for confirming the spectral absorption maximum wavelength is obtained by dissolving the ultraviolet absorbers (A) and (B) using an organic or inorganic solvent or water alone or a mixture thereof.
  • organic solvent include amide solvents (for example, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidone), sulfone solvents (for example, sulfolane), sulfoxide solvents (for example, dimethyl sulfoxide).
  • Ureido solvents eg tetramethylurea
  • ether solvents eg dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, cyclopentylmethyl ether
  • ketone solvents eg acetone, cyclohexanone
  • hydrocarbon solvents eg toluene, xylene, n-decane
  • Halogen solvents eg, tetrachloroethane, chlorobenzene, chloronaphthalene
  • alcohol solvents eg, methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, ethylene glycol, cyclohexanol, phenol
  • pyridi Solvent eg pyridine, ⁇ -picoline, 2,6-lutidine
  • ester solvent eg ethyl acetate, butyl acetate
  • carboxylic acid solvent eg acetic acid, propionic acid
  • nitrile solvent eg aceton
  • an amide solvent, a sulfone solvent, a sulfoxide solvent, a ureido solvent, an ether solvent, a ketone solvent, a halogen solvent, a hydrocarbon solvent, Alcohol solvents, ester solvents, or nitrile solvents are preferred.
  • the concentration of the ultraviolet absorbers (A) and (B) for measurement is not particularly limited as long as the maximum wavelength of spectral absorption can be confirmed, and preferably 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 7 to 1 ⁇ 10 13 mol / L. Range.
  • the temperature for measurement is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0 ° C. to 80 ° C.
  • the spectral absorption measurement device is not particularly limited, and an ordinary spectral absorption measurement device (for example, U-4100 spectrophotometer, trade name, manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation) can be used.
  • the mixing ratio of the ultraviolet absorber (A) and the ultraviolet absorber (B) is 1: 1 to 1: 100, and the ultraviolet absorber (A) is used as an auxiliary.
  • the ratio is preferably 1: 2 to 1:50, more preferably 1: 3 to 1:25.
  • the mixing ratio is expressed as a mass ratio. By setting it within this range, it is further excellent in manufacturing suitability, and further, it is possible to obtain a desired transmittance at a predetermined absorption wavelength. For example, by containing an appropriate amount of the ultraviolet absorber (B), the transmittance at a wavelength of 370 nm is suitably obtained. This is preferable because it can be suppressed.
  • “auxiliary used” means that the ultraviolet absorber (B) is mainly used, and the ultraviolet absorber (A) is used in the same amount or less. is there.
  • the ultraviolet absorber (A) is an ultraviolet absorber having a maximum absorption wavelength of 360 to 400 nm, and is preferably an ultraviolet absorber made of the compound represented by the general formula (1).
  • Het 1 represents a divalent 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic residue having at least one heteroatom. Het 1 may be condensed. Examples of the hetero atom include a boron atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a silicon atom, a phosphorus atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, and a tellurium atom.
  • a hetero atom is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom. More preferably, they are a nitrogen atom and a sulfur atom. Particularly preferred is a sulfur atom. When two or more hetero atoms are present, they may be the same atom or different atoms.
  • Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic ring in which two hydrogen atoms are added to a divalent aromatic heterocyclic residue include pyrrole, pyrazole, imidazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, pyridine, pyridazine, Examples include pyrimidine, pyrazine, 1,3,5-triazine, furan, thiophene, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole and the like.
  • Preferred examples of the aromatic heterocycle include pyrrole, pyridine, furan and thiophene. More preferred are pyridine and thiophene.
  • any position for removing the hydrogen atom of the aromatic heterocycle may be used.
  • the bonding positions in the hetero 5-membered ring compound pyrrole include the 2,3-position, 2,4-position, 2,5-position, 3,4-position, and 3,5-position.
  • the bonding positions in the hetero 6-membered ring compound pyridine include the 2,3 position, 2,4 position, 2,5 position, 2,6 position, 3,4 position, 3,5 position and 3,6 position. It is done.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic residue may have a substituent.
  • a monovalent substituent is mentioned as a substituent.
  • R examples of the monovalent substituent (hereinafter referred to as R) include a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom), an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (for example, methyl and ethyl), a carbon number of 6 ⁇ 20 aryl groups (eg phenyl, naphthyl), cyano groups, carboxyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups (eg methoxycarbonyl), aryloxycarbonyl groups (eg phenoxycarbonyl), substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl groups (eg carbamoyl, N- Phenylcarbamoyl, N, N-dimethylcarbamoyl), alkylcarbonyl group (eg acetyl
  • the substituent may be further substituted, and when there are a plurality of substituents, they may be the same or different.
  • the above-mentioned monovalent substituent R can be mentioned as an example of a substituent.
  • Preferred examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and an aryl group. An alkyl group and an aryl group are more preferable, and an alkyl group is particularly preferable.
  • X a , X b , X c and X d each independently represent a hetero atom.
  • the hetero atom include a boron atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a silicon atom, a phosphorus atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, and a tellurium atom.
  • a hetero atom is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom. More preferably, they are a nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom.
  • X a to X d may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the examples of the monovalent substituent R described above.
  • Y a , Y b , Y c , Y d , Y e and Y f each independently represent a hetero atom or a carbon atom.
  • the atoms constituting Y a to Y f include a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom.
  • the atoms constituting Y a to Y f are preferably a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom, and more preferably a carbon atom and a nitrogen atom. More preferred is a carbon atom, and particularly preferred is a case where all represent a carbon atom.
  • the atoms may be substituted, may be bonded with each other to form a ring, and may further be condensed.
  • substituent include the examples of the monovalent substituent R described above.
  • the ring bonded to Het 1 may have a double bond at any position.
  • At least one of the two rings bonded to the aromatic heterocyclic residue is preferably condensed. Moreover, it is preferable that at least one of the two rings is not a perimidine ring.
  • the ring formed by X a , X b , Y a to Y c and the carbon atom is A
  • the aromatic heterocyclic residue represented by Het 1 is Het
  • Specific examples of each ring are shown with B being a ring formed by X c , X d , Y d to Y f and a carbon atom.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (2).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (2) will be described.
  • Het 2 has the same meaning as Het 1 in the general formula (1). The same applies to the preferred case.
  • X 2a , X 2b , X 2c and X 2d are the same as X a , X b , X c and X d in the general formula (1), respectively, and are the same when preferred.
  • X 2a , X 2b , X 2c and X 2d may be different from each other, but it is more preferable that X 2a and X 2b , and X 2c and X 2d each represent the same combination, particularly preferably X In this case, 2a and X 2c represent an oxygen atom, and X 2b and X 2d represent a nitrogen atom.
  • Y 2b , Y 2c , Y 2e and Y 2f have the same meanings as Y b , Y c , Y e and Y f in the general formula (1), respectively. The same applies to the preferred case.
  • L 1 and L 2 each independently represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or ⁇ NR a (R a represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
  • the substituent is the above-described monovalent substituent R.
  • the oxygen atom is preferably ⁇ NR a . More preferred is an oxygen atom.
  • L 1 and L 2 may be different from each other, but are preferably the same. Among these, it is particularly preferable that both L 1 and L 2 are oxygen atoms.
  • Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represents an atomic group necessary for forming a 4- to 8-membered ring together with Y 2b and Y 2c or Y 2e and Y 2f . These rings may have a substituent and may further be condensed.
  • the ring to be formed include aliphatic hydrocarbon rings such as cyclohexane and cyclopentane, aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as benzene ring and naphthalene ring, pyridine, pyrrole, pyridazine, thiophene, imidazole, furan, pyrazole, oxazole, triazole, thiazo Or heterocyclic rings such as benzo-condensed ring thereof.
  • An aromatic hydrocarbon ring and a hetero ring are preferable.
  • An aromatic hydrocarbon ring is more preferable, and a benzene ring is particularly preferable.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (2) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (3).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (3) will be described.
  • Het 3 has the same meaning as Het 2 in the general formula (2). The same applies to the preferred case.
  • X 3a , X 3b , X 3c and X 3d have the same meanings as X 2a , X 2b , X 2c and X 2d in the general formula (2), respectively, and are the same when preferred.
  • X 3a , X 3b , X 3c and X 3d may be different from each other, but it is more preferable that X 3a and X 3b , and X 3c and X 3d each represent the same combination, particularly preferably X In this case, 3a and X 3c represent an oxygen atom, and X 3b and X 3d represent a nitrogen atom.
  • R 3a , R 3b , R 3c , R 3d , R 3e , R 3f , R 3g and R 3h each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
  • substituents include the examples of the monovalent substituent R described above. Any two substituents of R 3a to R 3d and R 3e to R 3h may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and may further be condensed.
  • R 3a to R 3h are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 10 or less carbon atoms, or a hydroxy group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkoxy group having 10 or less carbon atoms. More preferred is a hydrogen atom, and particularly preferred is a case where all of R 3a to R 3h represent a hydrogen atom.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (3) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (4).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (4) will be described.
  • Het 4 has the same meaning as Het 3 in the general formula (3). The same applies to the preferred case.
  • R 4a , R 4b , R 4c , R 4d , R 4e , R 4f , R 4g and R 4h are R 3a , R 3b , R 3c , R 3d , R 3e , R 3f in the general formula (3), respectively. , R 3g and R 3h . The same applies to the preferred case.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (4) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (5).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (5) will be described.
  • Het 5 has the same meaning as Het 4 in the general formula (4). The same applies to the preferred case.
  • R 5a , R 5b , R 5c , R 5d , R 5e , R 5f , R 5g and R 5h are R 4a , R 4b , R 4c , R 4d , R 4e , R 4f in the general formula (4), respectively. , R 4g and R 4h . The same applies to the preferred case.
  • R 5i and R 5j each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
  • the monovalent substituent include the examples of the monovalent substituent R described above.
  • R 5i and R 5j may be bonded to each other to form a ring or may be further condensed.
  • R 5i and R 5j are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 10 or less carbon atoms, and a hydroxy group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom and an alkoxy group having 10 or less carbon atoms. More preferred is a hydrogen atom, and particularly preferred is a case where R 5i and R 5j both represent a hydrogen atom.
  • the compound represented by any one of the general formulas (1) to (5) can be synthesized by any method.
  • publicly known patent documents and non-patent documents for example, the example of page 4 left 43rd line to right 8th line of JP-A-2000-264879, page 4 right column 5th line 30 to 30 of JP-A-2003-155375. It can be synthesized with reference to the example of the line, “Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry”, 2000, Vol. 8, pp. 2095-2103, “Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters”, 2003, Vol. 13, pages 4077-4080.
  • Exemplified Compound (15) can be synthesized by reacting 3,5-pyrazole dicarbonyl dichloride with anthranilic acid.
  • the exemplified compound (32) can be synthesized by reacting 2,5-thiophene dicarbonyl dichloride with 4,5-dimethoxyanthranilic acid.
  • the compound represented by any one of the general formulas (1) to (5) can take a tautomer depending on the structure and the environment in which the compound is placed. Although the present invention is described in one of representative forms, tautomers different from those described in the present invention are also included in the compounds used in the present invention.
  • the compound represented by any one of the general formulas (1) to (5) may contain an isotope (for example, 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 15 N, 17 O, 18 O, etc.). Good.
  • a polymer containing the structure of the compound represented by any one of the general formulas (1) to (5) in the repeating unit can also be suitably used in the present invention.
  • the polymer may be a homopolymer or a copolymer composed of two or more types of repeating units. Further, it may be a copolymer containing other repeating units.
  • the polymer containing the ultraviolet absorber structure in the repeating unit is described in JP-B-1-53455, JP-A-61-189530, and European Patent No. 27242. The description of these patent documents can be referred to for the method of obtaining the polymer.
  • the ultraviolet absorber (B) is an ultraviolet absorber having a maximum absorption wavelength of less than 360 nm. Preferably it is 355 nm or less, More preferably, it is 350 nm or less.
  • the ultraviolet absorber (B) may have any structure as long as it satisfies the condition that the maximum absorption wavelength is less than 360 nm.
  • benzotriazole, triazine, benzophenone, merocyanine, cyanine, dibenzoylmethane, cinnamic acid, acrylate, benzoate oxalate diamide, form known as UV absorber structure
  • UV absorber structure examples include amidine-based compounds and benzoxazinone-based compounds.
  • benzotriazole, triazine, benzophenone, dibenzoylmethane, formamidine, and benzoxazinone compounds are preferred, and benzotriazole, triazine, benzophenone, and benzoxazinone compounds are further preferred. preferable. Most preferred are benzoxazinone compounds.
  • UV absorbers are, for example, Fine Chemical, May 2004, pages 28-38, published by Toray Research Center, Research Division, “New Development of Functional Additives for Polymers” (Toray Research Center, 1999) 96- 140 pages, supervised by Shinichi Daikatsu, “Development of Polymer Additives and Environmental Measures” (CMC Publishing Co., Ltd., 2003), pages 54-64, published by Technical Information Association, “Polymer degradation / discoloration mechanism and its stabilization "Technology-Know-how” (Technical Information Association, 2006).
  • the benzotriazole-based compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength of less than 360 nm and represented by any of the following general formulas (IIa) or (IIb). (IIa) and (IIb) will be described in detail.
  • R 11 represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
  • R 12 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
  • R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, or a —COOR 14 group (wherein R 14 represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, Or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. ]
  • T represents a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group.
  • T 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group.
  • L represents a divalent linking group or a single bond, and m represents 0 or 1.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • T 2 represents a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
  • T 2 represents a divalent substituent
  • T 2 represents a trivalent substituent
  • T 2 represents a tetravalent substituent.
  • R 11 represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
  • R 11 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 5 to 18 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms.
  • R 11 is particularly preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • a substituted alkyl group, a substituted cycloalkyl group, and a substituted aryl group represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group having a monovalent substituent at any position.
  • monovalent substituents include halogen An atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom), a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10) (for example, methyl or ethyl), a carbon number of 6 to 20 (preferably Is an aryl group having 6 to 10) (eg phenyl, naphthyl), cyano group, carboxyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10) (eg methoxycarbonyl), 6 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably Is a 6-10) aryloxycarbonyl group (for example,
  • Vamoyl group for example, carbamoyl, N-phenylcarbamoyl, N, N-dimethylcarbamoyl
  • alkylcarbonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10) (for example, acetyl), 6 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 6 to 6 carbon atoms) 10) an arylcarbonyl group (for example, benzoyl), a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group (for example, amino, dimethylamino, anilino) having 0 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 0 to 10), a carbon number of 1 to 20 ( Preferably 1-10) acylamino groups (eg acetamide, ethoxycarbonylamino),
  • R 12 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
  • R 12 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 5 to 18 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms.
  • An aryl group is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
  • R 12 is particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms.
  • R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, or a —COOR 14 group (wherein R 14 represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, Or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
  • R 13 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a —COOR 14 group (where R 14 represents A hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms.
  • R 11 and R 12 may be in any position as long as they are substituted on the benzene ring, but are preferably substituted on the 2-position and 4-position of the hydroxyl group.
  • T represents a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group.
  • T is preferably a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • T 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group.
  • T 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • -L- represents a divalent linking group or a single bond
  • m represents 0 or 1.
  • m represents the case where T 2 is directly bonded to the benzene ring without passing through L, that is, the case where -L- represents a simple bond.
  • the divalent linking group -L- will be described.
  • -L- is a divalent substituent represented by the following general formula (a).
  • m1 to m5 represent an integer of 0 to 2.
  • L 1 to L 5 are each independently —CO—, —O—, —SO 2 —, —SO—, —NR L —, a substituted or unsubstituted divalent alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted 2 Represents a valent alkenyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent aryl group.
  • R L represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
  • RL examples include a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group, a phenyl group, and a naphthyl group.
  • a monovalent substituent may be present at any position on the alkyl group and the aryl group. Examples of the monovalent substituent include the examples of the monovalent substituent described above.
  • R L is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms. More preferred is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • n represents an integer of 1 to 4.
  • T 2 represents a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
  • T 2 is preferably a chlorine atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms.
  • T 2 represents a divalent substituent.
  • Specific examples of T 2 when n is 2 include the above divalent substituent —L—.
  • T 2 is preferably —CH 2 —, —O—CO—C 2 H 4 —CO—O—, —NH—CO—C 3 H 6 —CO—NH—.
  • T 2 represents a trivalent substituent.
  • the trivalent substituent will be described.
  • the trivalent substituent is a trivalent alkyl group, a trivalent aryl group, or the following general formula It is a substituent represented by these.
  • the trivalent substituents preferably a trivalent alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a trivalent aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or the following general formula: It is a substituent represented by these.
  • T 2 represents a tetravalent substituent.
  • the tetravalent substituent will be described.
  • the tetravalent substituent is a substituent represented by a tetravalent alkyl group or a tetravalent aryl group.
  • a tetravalent alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and a tetravalent aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms are preferable.
  • n is 1 or 2. That is, as a preferable combination of the general formula (IIb), when n is 1, T is a hydrogen atom, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, T 1 is a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, An aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and L is —O—CO—C 3 H 6 —, —CH 2 —, —C 3 H 6 —, —C 5 H 10 —, —C 8 H 16 —, —NH—CO—C 4 H 8 — or a simple bond, and T 2 is a chlorine atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or 6 carbon atoms Combinations of ⁇
  • T is a hydrogen atom, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms
  • T 1 is a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • L is —CH 2 — or a simple bond
  • T 2 is —CH 2 —, —O—CO—C. 2 H 4 —CO—O—, or —NH—CO—C 3 H 6 —CO—NH—.
  • T is a hydrogen atom, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms
  • T 1 is a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, or a carbon atom having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • T 2 is —CH 2 —, —O—CO—C 2 H 4 —CO—.
  • Also preferred are combinations that are O— or —NH—CO—C 3 H 6 —CO—NH—.
  • Representative examples of the compound represented by the general formula (IIa) or (IIb) include 2- (2′-hydroxy-5′-methylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (2′-hydroxy-5′-t -Butylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5'-methylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-3 ', 5'-di -T-butylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-3'-dodecyl-5'-methylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-3 ', 5'-di-t-amylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-5 '-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) phenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy- 4'-Ok Ruoxyphenyl) benzotri
  • the triazine compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength of less than 360 nm and represented by the following general formula (III).
  • the substituent Y 1 is independently a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group.
  • Lf represents a divalent linking group or a single bond.
  • u is 1 or 2
  • v is 0 or 1
  • r is an integer from 1 to 3
  • Y 2 is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
  • Y 2 represents a divalent substituent.
  • Y 1 represents, independently of each other, a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group.
  • Y 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. It is a substituted alkoxy group.
  • Lf represents a divalent linking group or a simple bond.
  • u represents 1 or 2; r represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • v is 0 or 1, and when v is 0, Lf represents a simple bond.
  • the divalent linking group -Lf- will be described.
  • the divalent substituent Lf is a divalent substituent represented by the following general formula (b).
  • General formula (b) ⁇ (Lf 1 ) mf1 ⁇ (Lf 2 ) mf2 ⁇ (Lf 3 ) mf3 ⁇ (Lf 4 ) mf4 ⁇ (Lf 5 ) mf5 ⁇
  • mf1 to mf5 represent an integer of 0 to 2.
  • Lf 1 to Lf 5 are each independently —CO—, —O—, —SO 2 —, —SO—, —NRf L —, a divalent substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, divalent substituted or unsubstituted. It represents a substituted alkenyl group or a divalent substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
  • Rf L represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
  • Rf L examples include a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group, a phenyl group, and a naphthyl group.
  • a monovalent substituent may be present at any position on the alkyl group and the aryl group. Examples of the monovalent substituent include the examples of the monovalent substituent described above.
  • Rf L is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms. More preferred is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Y 2 is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
  • Y 2 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms.
  • Y 2 represents a divalent substituent.
  • the divalent substituent include the above-mentioned divalent substituent —L—.
  • Y 2 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted divalent alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted divalent alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted divalent aryl group, —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 —O. —Y 11 —OCH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 , —CO—Y 12 —CO—, —CO—NH—Y 13 —NH—CO—, or — (CH 2 ) t —CO 2 —Y 14 —OCO -(CH 2 ) t .
  • Y 11 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, phenylene, or -phenylene-M-phenylene- (where M is —O—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —CH 2 — or —C (CH 3 ) 2- ))
  • Y 12 is a substituted or unsubstituted divalent alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted divalent alkenyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent aryl group
  • Y 13 is a substituted or unsubstituted divalent alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent aryl group
  • Y 14 is a substituted or unsubstituted divalent alkyl group, or substituted or unsubstituted Of the divalent aryl group.
  • Y 2 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted divalent alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted divalent aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 —O—CH 2 —OCH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 —O—C (CH 3 ) 2 —OC 8 H 16 —, or — ( CH 2 ) 2 —CO 2 —C 2 H 4 —OCO— (CH 2 ) 2 —.
  • Representative examples of the compound represented by the general formula (III) include 2- (4-butoxy-2-hydroxyphenyl) -4,6-di (4-butoxyphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine, 2- (4-Butoxy-2-hydroxyphenyl) -4,6-di (2,4-dibutoxyphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-di (4-butoxy-2-hydroxyphenyl) ) -6- (4-butoxyphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-di (4-butoxy-2-hydroxyphenyl) -6- (2,4-dibutoxyphenyl) -1,3 , 5-triazine, 2,4,6-tris (2-hydroxy-4-octyloxyphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine, 2- (2-hydroxy-4-octyloxyphenyl) -4,6- Bis (2,4-dimethylpheny ) -1,3,5-triazine, 2-
  • benzophenone compound a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength of less than 360 nm is preferable, and a compound represented by the following general formula (IVa) or (IVb) is preferable.
  • X 1 and X 2 are independently of each other hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydroxyl group, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, substituted or unsubstituted.
  • s1 and s2 each independently represent an integer of 1 to 3.
  • X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted group.
  • alkylsulfonyl group a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group
  • Lg represents a divalent substituent or a simple bond
  • w represents 0 or 1.
  • tb represents 1 or 2, and when tb is 1, X 3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, Substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group, substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, sulfonic acid group, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl group, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group, or substituted or unsubstituted amino group Represents. When tb is 2, X 3 represents a divalent substituent. ]
  • X 1 and X 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydroxyl group, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, substituted or unsubstituted An alkylsulfonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group is represented.
  • X 1 and X 2 are preferably a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, 18 substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy groups, alkyloxycarbonyl groups having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, aryloxycarbonyl groups having 7 to 24 carbon atoms, sulfonic acid groups, or substituted or unsubstituted amino groups having 1 to 16 carbon atoms It is.
  • X 1 and X 2 are particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a sulfonic acid group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms.
  • Substituent X 1 is a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydroxyl group, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group, substituted or It represents an unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group.
  • X 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, or a substitution having 1 to 18 carbon atoms Alternatively, it is an unsubstituted alkoxy group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 24 carbon atoms, a sulfonic acid group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms.
  • X 1 is particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a sulfonic acid group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms.
  • -Lg- represents a divalent linking group or a simple bond
  • w represents an integer of 0 to 1.
  • X 3 is directly bonded to the benzene ring without Lg, that is, -Lg- represents a simple bond.
  • the divalent linking group -Lg- will be described.
  • the divalent substituent Lg is a divalent substituent represented by the following general formula (c).
  • mg1 to mg5 represent an integer of 0 to 2.
  • Lg 1 to Lg 5 are each independently —CO—, —O—, —SO 2 —, —SO—, —NRg L —, a substituted or unsubstituted divalent alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted 2 Represents a valent alkenyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent aryl group.
  • Rg L represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
  • Rg L examples include a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group, a phenyl group, and a naphthyl group.
  • a monovalent substituent may be present at any position on the alkyl group and the aryl group. Examples of the monovalent substituent include the examples of the monovalent substituent described above.
  • Rg L is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms. More preferred is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • X 3 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group A substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group.
  • X 3 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a chlorine atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, carbon A substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkyloxycarbonyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 24 carbon atoms, a sulfonic acid group, or a substituted or unsubstituted group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms Of the amino group.
  • X 3 is particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a sulfonic acid group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms.
  • X 3 represents a divalent substituent.
  • specific examples of X 3 include the above divalent substituent —L—.
  • X 3 is preferably —CH 2 —, —C 4 H 8 —, —O—C 4 H 8 —O—, —O—CO—C 2 H 4 —CO—O—, or —NH—CO—C 3 H 6 —CO—NH—.
  • tb is 1. That is, preferred combinations of the general formula (IVb) are as follows. Specifically, when tb is 1, X 1 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a sulfonic acid group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, Lg is —O—, —O—CO—C 2 H 4 —CO—O—, —O—C 4 H 8 —O—, —O—CO—C 3 H 6 —, —NH—CO—C 3 H 6 —CO—NH—, —NH—CO—C 4 H 8 —, —CH 2 —, —C 2 H 4 —, —C 3 H 6 —, —C 4 H 8 —, —C 5 H 10 —, —C 8 H 16 —, —C
  • X 1 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a sulfonic acid group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms
  • Lg is —O—, —O—CO—C 2 H 4 —CO—O—, —O—C 4 H 8 —O—, —O—CO—C 3 H 6 —, —NH—CO—C 3 H 6 —CO—NH—, —NH—CO—C 4 H 8 —, —CH 2 —, —C 2 H 4 —, —C 3 H 6 —, —C 4 H 8 —, —C 5 H 10 —, —C 8 H 16 —, —C 4 H 8 —CO—O—, —C 6 H 4 —C 6 H 4 —, or —NH—SO 2 —C 3 H 6
  • benzophenone compounds include 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-octyloxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-decyloxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy- 4-dodecyloxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-benzyloxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4- (2-hydroxy-3-methacryloxypropoxy) benzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-5-sulfobenzophenone, 2- Hydroxy-4-methoxy-5-sulfobenzophenone trihydrate, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-2'-carboxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-octadecyloxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy- -Diethylamino-2'-hexyloxycarbonylbenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,2 ', 4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone, 2,2'-di
  • the benzoxazinone compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength of less than 360 nm and represented by the following general formula (V).
  • R 1 represents a substituent
  • n 1 represents an integer of 0 to 4
  • R 2 represents an n 2 valent substituent or linking group
  • n 2 represents 1 to 4
  • R 1 represents a substituent, and examples of the substituent are those exemplified as the substituent of the alkyl part of the above-mentioned substituted alkyl group, substituted alkenyl group, substituted alkynyl group and substituted aralkyl group. The same thing is mentioned.
  • R 1 is preferably a halogen atom, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, cyano group, hydroxyl group, nitro group, carboxyl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, silyloxy group, heterocyclic oxy group, acyloxy group, Carbamoyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, amino group, acylamino group, aminocarbonylamino group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, sulfamoylamino group, alkyl or arylsulfonylamino group, Mercapto group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, heterocyclic thio group, sulfamoyl group, sulfo group, alkyl or arylsulfinyl group, alkyl or arylsulfonyl group
  • Group 6 to 20 carbon atoms
  • n 1 is preferably 0 to 3, more preferably 0 to 2, further preferably 0 or 1, and most preferably 0, that is, the benzene ring has no substituent.
  • R 2 represents an n 2 -valent substituent or linking group, and examples of the substituent include those of the alkyl moiety of the above-mentioned substituted alkyl group, substituted alkenyl group, substituted alkynyl group and substituted aralkyl group.
  • the linking group is one in which the substituent further has one or more bonds.
  • R 2 is preferably an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, and a linking group further having a bond, and more preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, and these are divalent to tetravalent.
  • a linking group more preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, and a linking group in which these are divalent to trivalent, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • aryl groups are divalent to trivalent linking groups, more preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, aryl groups having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and continuous groups that are divalent to trivalent. More preferably methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, 2-butyl, benzyl, phenyl, 2-naphthyl, ethylene, trimethylene, 1,2-propylene, tetramethylene, 1,2-phenylene, 1, 3-phenylene, 1,4-phenylene, 2,6-naphthylene, and benzene-1,3,5-yl, more preferably methyl, ethyl, benzyl, phenyl, ethylene, trimethylene, 1,3-phenylene, 1 , 4-phenylene, benzene-1,3,5-yl, more preferably ethylene, trimethylene, 1,3-phenylene, 1,4-phenylene, benzene-1,3,5
  • n 2 is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 2 to 3, and most preferably 2.
  • the salicylic acid compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength of about 290 to 330 nm, and representative examples thereof include phenyl salicylate, 4-t-butylphenyl salicylate, 4-octylphenyl salicylate, dibenzoylresorcinol, bis ( 4-t-butylbenzoyl) resorcinol, benzoylresorcinol, 2,4-di-t-butylphenyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxysalicylate, hexadecyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4- Hydroxy salicylate and the like can be mentioned.
  • the acrylate compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength of about 270 to 350 nm, and representative examples thereof include 2-ethylhexyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenyl acrylate, ethyl 2-cyano-3,3- Diphenyl acrylate, isooctyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenyl acrylate, hexadecyl 2-cyano-3- (4-methylphenyl) acrylate, methyl 2-cyano-3-methyl-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) cinnamate, butyl 2-cyano-3-methyl-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) cinnamate, methyl 2-carbomethoxy-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) cinnamate 2-cyano-3- (4-methylphenyl) acrylate, 1 , 3-Bis (2'-cyano-3,3'-diph Nylacryloyl) oxy) -2,2-bis (((2′-cyan
  • the oxalic acid diamide compound preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength of about 250 to 350 nm.
  • Typical examples thereof include 4,4′-dioctyloxyoxanilide, 2,2′-dioctyloxy-5, 5′-di-t-butyl oxanilide, 2,2′-didodecyloxy-5,5′-di-t-butyl oxanilide, 2-ethoxy-2′-ethyl oxanilide, N, N '-Bis (3-dimethylaminopropyl) oxamide, 2-ethoxy-5-t-butyl-2'-ethyloxanilide, 2-ethoxy-2'-ethyl-5,4'-di-t-butyloxa Nilide etc. can be mentioned.
  • the ultraviolet absorber (B) is particularly preferably a compound selected from the following compound group B.
  • Compound group B is a group consisting of the following compounds (II-1) to (V-1).
  • Compound (II-1) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin 328 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
  • Compound (II-2) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin 326 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
  • Compound (II-3) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin 329 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
  • Compound (II-4) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin 109 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
  • Compound (II-5) has the following structure and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin 171 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
  • Compound (II-6) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin PS (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
  • Compound (II-7) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin 928 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
  • Compound (II-8) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin P (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
  • Compound (II-9) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin 234 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
  • Compound (II-10) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin 360 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
  • Compound (III-1) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin 460 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
  • Compound (III-2) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Cyasorb UV-116 (manufactured by Cytec).
  • Compound (III-3) has the structure shown below and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin 405 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
  • Compound (III-4) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin 1577 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
  • Compound (III-5) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Tinosorb S (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
  • Compound (IV-1) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Uvinul A plus (manufactured by BASF).
  • Compound (IV-2) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Uvinul 3049 (manufactured by BASF).
  • Compound (IV-3) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Visorb 110 (manufactured by Kyodo Yakuhin Co., Ltd.).
  • Compound (IV-4) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Seesorb 151 (manufactured by Cypro Kasei Co., Ltd.).
  • Compound (IV-5) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Chimassorb 81 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
  • Compound (IV-6) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Uvinul MS40 (manufactured by BASF).
  • Compound (IV-7) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Uvinul 3050 (manufactured by BASF).
  • Compound (V-1) has the structure shown below, and is commercially available as trade name Siasorb UV-3638 (manufactured by Cytec Industries).
  • an aliphatic group means an alkyl group, a substituted alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a substituted alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a substituted alkynyl group, an aralkyl group, and a substituted aralkyl group.
  • the alkyl group may have a branch or may form a ring.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1-20, and more preferably 1-18.
  • the alkyl part of the substituted alkyl group is the same as the above alkyl group.
  • the alkenyl group may have a branch or may form a ring.
  • the alkenyl group has preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • the alkenyl part of the substituted alkenyl group is the same as the above alkenyl group.
  • the alkynyl group may have a branch or may form a ring.
  • the alkynyl group preferably has 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms.
  • the alkynyl part of the substituted alkynyl group is the same as the above alkynyl group.
  • the alkyl part of the aralkyl group and the substituted aralkyl group is the same as the above alkyl group.
  • the aryl part of the aralkyl group and the substituted aralkyl group is the same as the following aryl group.
  • Examples of the substituent of the alkyl part of the substituted alkyl group, substituted alkenyl group, substituted alkynyl group and substituted aralkyl group include a halogen atom (eg, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), alkyl group [straight chain, branched, cyclic Represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group.
  • a halogen atom eg, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom
  • alkyl group straight chain, branched, cyclic Represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group.
  • alkyl groups preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, n-octyl, eicosyl, 2-chloroethyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 2-ethylhexyl).
  • a cycloalkyl group preferably a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, 4-n-dodecylcyclohexyl
  • a bicycloalkyl group preferably having 5 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkyl group that is, a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a bicycloalkane having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, bicyclo [1,2,2] heptan-2-yl, bicyclo Including [2,2,2] octane-3-yl) and tricyclo structures with more ring structures It is intended to.
  • An alkyl group for example, an alkyl group of an alkylthio group in the substituents described below also represents such an alkyl group.
  • Alkenyl group [represents a linear, branched or cyclic substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group. They are alkenyl groups (preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as vinyl, allyl, prenyl, geranyl, oleyl), cycloalkenyl groups (preferably substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 30 carbon atoms or An unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group, that is, a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom of a cycloalkene having 3 to 30 carbon atoms (for example, 2-cyclopenten-1-yl, 2-cyclohexen-1-yl), Bicycloalkenyl group (a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkenyl group, preferably a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkenyl group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, that is, a mono
  • bicyclo [2,2,1] hept-2-en-1-yl bicyclo [2,2 2] is intended to encompass oct-2-en-4-yl).
  • An alkynyl group preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as ethynyl, propargyl, trimethylsilylethynyl group
  • An aryl group preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms such as phenyl, p-tolyl, naphthyl, m-chlorophenyl, o-hexadecanoylaminophenyl
  • a heterocyclic group preferably 5 or 6 A monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic compound, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms
  • 2-furyl, 2-thienyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 2-benzothiazolyl cyano group, hydroxyl group, nitro group, carboxyl group, alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms)
  • Substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy groups such as methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, t-butoxy, n-octyl
  • Acyloxy group (preferably formyloxy group, substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as formyloxy, acetyloxy, pivaloyloxy , Stearoyloxy, benzoyloxy, p-methoxyphenylcarbonyloxy), a carbamoyloxy group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyloxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as N, N-dimethylcarbamoyloxy, N, N -Diethylcarbamoyloxy, morpholinocarbonyloxy, N, N-di-n-octylaminocarbonyloxy, Nn-octylcarbamoyloxy), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted group
  • An acylamino group (preferably a formylamino group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as formylamino, acetylamino, Pivaloylamino, lauroylamino, benzoylamino, 3,4,5-tri-n-octyloxyphenylcarbonylamino), aminocarbonylamino group (preferably substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, Carbamoylamino, N, N-dimethylaminocarbonylamino, N, N-diethylaminocarbonylamino, morpholinocarbonylamino), alkoxycarbonylamino group (preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylamino having 2 to
  • Sulfamoylamino group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoylamino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as sulfamoylamino, N, N-dimethylaminosulfonylamino, Nn-octylaminosulfonylamino ), Alkyl or arylsulfonylamino group (preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonylamino having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonylamino having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methylsulfonylamino, butylsulfonylamino) , Phenylsulfonylamino, 2,3,5-trichlorophenylsulfonylamino, p-methylphenylsulfonylamino), mercapto group, alkyl
  • a sulfo group, an alkyl or arylsulfinyl group preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfinyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfinyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, phenylsulfinyl, etc.
  • alkyl or arylsulfonyl group preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methylsulfonyl, Ethylsulfonyl, phenylsulfonyl, p-methylphenylsulfonyl
  • acyl group preferably formyl group, substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms
  • An aryl or heterocyclic azo group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted arylazo group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic azo group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenylazo, p-chlorophenylazo, 5- Ethylthio-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylazo), an imide group (preferably N-succinimide, N-phthalimide), a phosphino group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, For example, dimethylphosphino, diphenylphosphino, methylphenoxyphosphino), phosphinyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phosphinyl, dioctyloxyphosphinyl, diethoxyphosphini
  • those having a hydrogen atom may be substituted with the above groups by removing this.
  • Examples of such functional groups include an alkylcarbonylaminosulfonyl group, an arylcarbonylaminosulfonyl group, an alkylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group, and an arylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group.
  • Examples thereof include methylsulfonylaminocarbonyl, p-methylphenylsulfonylaminocarbonyl, acetylaminosulfonyl, and benzoylaminosulfonyl groups.
  • Examples of the substituent of the aryl part of the substituted aralkyl group are the same as the examples of the substituent of the following substituted aryl group.
  • the aromatic group means an aryl group and a substituted aryl group. These aromatic groups may be condensed with an aliphatic ring, another aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aromatic group is preferably 6 to 40, more preferably 6 to 30, and still more preferably 6 to 20.
  • the aryl group is preferably phenyl or naphthyl, particularly preferably phenyl.
  • the aryl part of the substituted aryl group is the same as the above aryl group.
  • Examples of the substituent of the substituted aryl group are the same as those described above as examples of the substituent of the alkyl portion of the substituted alkyl group, the substituted alkenyl group, the substituted alkynyl group, and the substituted aralkyl group.
  • the heterocyclic group preferably contains a 5-membered or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic ring.
  • the heterocyclic ring may be condensed with an aliphatic ring, an aromatic ring or another heterocyclic ring.
  • heteroatoms of the heterocycle include B, N, O, S, Se and Te.
  • Heteroatoms are preferably N, O and S.
  • the heterocyclic ring preferably has a valence (monovalent) in which the carbon atom is free (the heterocyclic group is bonded at the carbon atom).
  • the number of carbon atoms of the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 40, more preferably 1 to 30, and still more preferably 1 to 20.
  • Examples of the saturated heterocyclic ring include a pyrrolidine ring, a morpholine ring, a 2-bora-1,3-dioxolane ring and a 1,3-thiazolidine ring.
  • Examples of the unsaturated heterocyclic ring include imidazole ring, thiazole ring, benzothiazole ring, benzoxazole ring, benzotriazole ring, benzoselenazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring and quinoline ring.
  • the heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent are the same as those described above as examples of the substituent of the alkyl portion of the substituted alkyl group, the substituted alkenyl group, the substituted alkynyl group, and the substituted aralkyl group.
  • the ultraviolet absorbers (A) and (B) used in the present invention may be present alone, but may be linked to each other in advance or by forming a bond in the composition. Moreover, it is good also as a copolymer which makes a monomer by couple
  • the composition as a monomer is a case where polymerization is performed at a desired time to form a copolymer.
  • the solid polymer material of the present invention may further contain a light stabilizer and an antioxidant.
  • a light stabilizer and an antioxidant include compounds described in JP-A No. 2004-117997. Specifically, compounds described in paragraphs [0071] to [0111] in the middle of p29 of JP-A No. 2004-117997 are preferable.
  • a compound represented by general formula (TS-I), general formula (TS-II), general formula (TS-IV) or general formula (TS-V) described in paragraph [0072] is particularly preferable.
  • the solid polymer material of the present invention may contain any compound as appropriate as other components depending on the purpose, in addition to the ultraviolet absorbent composition comprising the ultraviolet absorbent (A) and the ultraviolet absorbent (B). it can.
  • the ultraviolet absorber When used with a thermoplastic resin, the ultraviolet absorber may be added during the polymerization process of the thermoplastic resin or may be added after the polymerization. When added in a molten state to the thermoplastic resin after polymerization, the ultraviolet absorber may be added alone or in a state dispersed in a solvent or the like. The solvent used at this time may be any solvent that does not deteriorate the resin to be kneaded and disperses the ultraviolet absorber.
  • Such melt mixing can be performed by adding an ultraviolet absorber at a temperature equal to or higher than the melting temperature of the polymer using a melt mixing facility such as a single screw or twin screw extruder.
  • a melt mixing facility such as a single screw or twin screw extruder.
  • the ultraviolet absorber may be added to the molten state of the thermoplastic resin during film formation and kneaded. This method is a preferable method because the deterioration of the thermoplastic resin can be suppressed by reducing the heat history.
  • thermoplastic polymer capable of melt polymerization for example, a thermoplastic polyester such as polyethylene terephthalate or polyethylene naphthalate
  • a dispersion of an ultraviolet absorber may be added before or during the polymerization.
  • the ultraviolet absorber may be added alone or may be added in a state dispersed in a solvent in advance.
  • the solvent in this case is preferably a polymer raw material.
  • the polymerization reaction may be carried out according to the usual polymer polymerization conditions.
  • thermoplastic resin containing an ultraviolet absorber at a relatively high concentration of 0.5 to 50% by mass obtained by the above method can be used as a master batch and further kneaded with a thermoplastic resin to which no ultraviolet absorber is added.
  • a target ultraviolet absorber-containing polymer can be obtained.
  • thermosetting resin examples include epoxy resins, melamine resins, unsaturated polyester resins, and the like. These include natural resins, glass fibers, carbon fibers, semi-carbonized fibers, cellulosic fibers, glass beads, and the like. It can also be used as a thermosetting molding material containing a flame retardant.
  • a high-speed stirring disperser having a large shearing force As a device for obtaining a dispersion of the ultraviolet absorbent composition, a high-speed stirring disperser having a large shearing force, a disperser giving high-intensity ultrasonic energy, or the like can be used. Specifically, there are a colloid mill, a homogenizer, a capillary emulsifying device, a liquid siren, an electromagnetic distortion ultrasonic generator, an emulsifying device having a Paulman whistle, and the like.
  • a high-speed stirring type disperser preferable for use in the present invention is a high-speed rotation (500 to 15,000 rpm) in a liquid in which a main part such as a dissolver, polytron, homomixer, homoblender, ket mill, or jet agitator is dispersed.
  • a dispersion machine of a type that preferably has a speed of 2,000 to 4,000 rpm.
  • the high-speed agitating disperser that can be used in the present invention is also called a dissolver or a high-speed impeller disperser, and has a saw-tooth shape on a shaft that rotates at high speed as described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 55-129136. It is also a preferable example to wear an impeller obtained by alternately bending the plates in the vertical direction.
  • a hydrophobic compound is dissolved in an organic solvent, one kind arbitrarily selected from a high-boiling organic substance, a water-immiscible low-boiling organic solvent, or a water-miscible organic solvent, or two or more kinds of arbitrary substances Dissolve in the multi-component mixture and then disperse in water or aqueous hydrophilic colloid in the presence of a surface active compound.
  • the mixing method of the water-insoluble phase containing the hydrophobic compound and the aqueous phase may be a so-called forward mixing method in which the water-insoluble phase is added to the aqueous phase with stirring or a reverse mixing method.
  • the polymer composition is used for the preparation of the solid polymer material of the present invention.
  • the polymer composition used in the present invention is obtained by adding the ultraviolet absorbent composition used in the present invention to a polymer material described later.
  • the ultraviolet absorbent composition used in the present invention can be contained in the polymer substance by various methods. When the ultraviolet absorbent composition used in the present invention is compatible with the polymer substance, the ultraviolet absorbent composition used in the present invention can be directly added to the polymer substance.
  • the ultraviolet absorbent composition used in the present invention may be dissolved in an auxiliary solvent having compatibility with the polymer material, and the solution may be added to the polymer material.
  • the ultraviolet absorbent composition used in the present invention may be dispersed in a high-boiling organic solvent or polymer, and the dispersion may be added to the polymer substance.
  • the boiling point of the high-boiling organic solvent is preferably 180 ° C. or higher, and more preferably 200 ° C. or higher.
  • the melting point of the high-boiling organic solvent is preferably 150 ° C. or lower, and more preferably 100 ° C. or lower.
  • Examples of the high-boiling organic solvent include phosphate ester, phosphonate ester, benzoate ester, phthalate ester, fatty acid ester, carbonate ester, amide, ether, halogenated hydrocarbon, alcohol and paraffin. Phosphate esters, phosphonate esters, phthalate esters, benzoate esters and fatty acid esters are preferred.
  • JP-A-58-209735, JP-A-63-264748, JP-A-4-191851 and JP-A-8-272058, and British Patent No. 2016017A You can refer to the specification.
  • an ultraviolet ray absorbing composition used in the present invention alone can provide a practically sufficient ultraviolet shielding effect, but a white pigment having a strong hiding power, such as titanium oxide, can be obtained when more stringency is required. May be used in combination. Further, when the appearance and color tone become problems, or a small amount (0.05% by mass or less) of a colorant can be used in combination depending on preference. For applications where transparency or white color is important, a fluorescent brightening agent may be used in combination. Examples of the optical brightener include those commercially available, general formula [1] described in JP-A-2002-53824, and specific compound examples 1 to 35.
  • the polymer substance used for the polymer composition will be described.
  • the polymeric material is a natural or synthetic polymer or copolymer. Examples include the following. ⁇ 1> Monoolefin and diolefin polymers such as polypropylene, polyisobutylene, polybut-1-ene, poly-4-methylpent-1-ene, polyvinylcyclohexane, polyisoprene or polybutadiene, and cycloolefins such as cyclopentene or norbornene Polymers, polyethylene (which can be optionally cross-linked) such as high density polyethylene (HDPE), high density and high molecular weight polyethylene (HDPE-HMW), high density and ultra high molecular weight polyethylene (HDPE-UHMW), medium density polyethylene (MDPE) Low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), (VLDPE) and (ULDPE).
  • HDPE high density polyethylene
  • HDPE-HMW high density and high molecular weight
  • Polyolefins ie the polymers of monoolefins exemplified in the previous paragraph, preferably polyethylene and polypropylene, can be prepared by different methods and especially by the following methods: a) Radical polymerization (usually under high pressure and at elevated temperature). b) Catalytic polymerization using a catalyst that normally contains one or more of the metals of groups IVb, Vb, VIb or VIII of the periodic table. These metals are usually one or more ligands, typically oxides, halides, alcoholates, esters, ethers, amines, alkyls, alkenyls and / or aryls that can be ⁇ - or ⁇ -coordinated.
  • ligands typically oxides, halides, alcoholates, esters, ethers, amines, alkyls, alkenyls and / or aryls that can be ⁇ - or ⁇ -coordinated.
  • These metal complexes can be in free form or fixed to a substrate, typically activated magnesium chloride, titanium (III) chloride, alumina or silicon oxide.
  • These catalysts can be soluble or insoluble in the polymerization medium.
  • the catalyst can be used as such in the polymerization or is another activator, typically a metal alkyl, metal hydride, metal alkyl halide, metal alkyl oxide or metal alkyl oxane, wherein the metal is Ia of the periodic table. , IIa and / or IIIa group elements can be used.
  • the activator may be conveniently modified with other ester, ether, amine or silyl ether groups.
  • These catalyst systems are usually named Phillips, Standard Oil Indiana, Ziegler (-Natta), TNZ (DuPont), metallocene or single site catalysts (SSC).
  • a mixture of polymers mentioned in the above ⁇ 1> for example, polypropylene and polyisobutylene, a mixture of polypropylene and polyethylene (for example, PP / HDPE, PP / LDPE), and a mixture of different types of polyethylene (for example, LDPE). / HDPE).
  • Copolymers of monoolefins and diolefins with each other or with other vinyl monomers such as ethylene / propylene copolymers, linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) and mixtures thereof with low density polyethylene (LDPE), propylene / propylene Te-1-ene copolymer, propylene / isobutylene copolymer, ethylene / but-1-ene copolymer, ethylene / hexene copolymer, ethylene / methylpentene copolymer, ethylene / heptene copolymer, ethylene / octene copolymer, ethylene / vinylcyclohexane copolymer, Ethylene / cycloolefin copolymers (eg ethylene / norbornene like COC (Cyclo-Olefin Copolymer)), ethylene / 1-olefin copolymers in which 1-olefins
  • a hydrocarbon resin for example, having 5 to 9 carbon atoms
  • a hydrogenated product for example, a tackifier
  • the homopolymers and copolymers of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4> can have any stereostructure including syndiotactic, isotactic, hemi-isotactic or atactic; atactic polymers are preferred. Stereo block polymers are also included.
  • Copolymers comprising the above-mentioned aromatic vinyl monomers and comonomers selected from ethylene, propylene, dienes, nitriles, acids, maleic anhydride, maleimide, vinyl acetate and vinyl chloride or acrylic derivatives and mixtures thereof, for example Styrene / butadiene, styrene / acrylonitrile, styrene / ethylene (copolymer), styrene / alkyl methacrylate, styrene / butadiene / alkyl acrylate, styrene / butadiene / alkyl methacrylate, styrene / maleic anhydride, styrene / acrylonitrile / methyl acrylate; High impact resistant mixtures of styrene copolymers and other polymers such as polyacrylates, diene polymers or ethylene / propylene / dien
  • ⁇ 6b> prepared by hydrogenating a hydrogenated aromatic polymer, especially atactic polystyrene, derived from hydrogenation of the polymer referred to in ⁇ 6> above, often referred to as polyvinylcyclohexane (PVCH) Includes cyclohexylethylene (PCHE).
  • PVCH polyvinylcyclohexane
  • PCHE cyclohexylethylene
  • Homopolymers and copolymers can have any stereostructure including syndiotactic, isotactic, hemi-isotactic or atactic; atactic polymers are preferred. Stereo block polymers are also included.
  • Graft copolymer of aromatic vinyl monomer such as styrene or ⁇ -methylstyrene, eg styrene to polybutadiene, styrene to polybutadiene-styrene or polybutadiene-acrylonitrile copolymer; styrene and acrylonitrile (or methacrylonitrile) to polybutadiene; Styrene, acrylonitrile and methyl methacrylate; styrene and maleic anhydride to polybutadiene; styrene, acrylonitrile and maleic anhydride or maleimide to polybutadiene; styrene and maleimide to polybutadiene; styrene and alkyl acrylate or methacrylate to polybutadiene; ethylene / propylene / consumer Styrene and acrylonitrile as polymer; polyalkyl acrylate Known as
  • Polymers derived from ⁇ , ⁇ -unsaturated acids and their derivatives such as polyacrylates and polymethacrylates; polymethylmethacrylates, polyacrylamides and polyacrylonitriles with impact resistance improved with butylacrylate.
  • Copolymers of the monomers mentioned in the above ⁇ 9> with each other or with other unsaturated monomers such as acrylonitrile / butadiene copolymer, acrylonitrile / alkyl acrylate copolymer, acrylonitrile / alkoxyalkyl acrylate or acrylonitrile / vinyl halide copolymer or Acrylonitrile / alkyl methacrylate / butadiene terpolymer.
  • cyclic ethers such as polyalkylene glycol, polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide or bisglycidyl ether and copolymers thereof.
  • Polyacetals such as polyoxymethylene and polyoxymethylene containing ethylene oxide as a comonomer; polyacetals modified with thermoplastic polyurethane, acrylate or MBS.
  • Polyamides and copolyamides derived from diamis and dicarboxylic acids and / or from aminocarboxylic acids or the corresponding lactams for example polyamide 4, polyamide 6, polyamide 6/6, 6/10, 6/9, 6/12 4/6, 12/12, polyamide 11, polyamide 12, aromatic polyamides starting from m-xylenediamine and adipic acid; from hexamethylenediamine and isophthalic acid and / or terephthalic acid and using elastomers as modifiers
  • Polyesters derived from dicarboxylic acids and diols and / or from hydroxycarboxylic acids or the corresponding lactones such as polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, poly-1,4-dimethylolcyclohexane terephthalate, polyalkylene naphthalate (PAN) Block copolyetheresters derived from polyhydroxybenzoates and hydroxyl-terminated polyethers; and also polyesters modified with polycarbonate or MBS.
  • Polyesters and polyester copolymers as defined in US Pat. No. 5,807,932 (column 2, line 53) are incorporated herein by reference.
  • Crosslinkable acrylic resins derived from substituted acrylates such as epoxy acrylate, urethane acrylate or polyester acrylate.
  • Alkyd resins polyester resins and acrylate resins crosslinked with melamine resins, urea resins, isocyanates, isocyanurates, polyisocyanates or epoxy resins.
  • Natural polymers such as cellulose, rubber, gelatin and chemically modified derivatives of their homologous series such as cellulose acetate, cellulose propionate and cellulose butyrate, or cellulose ethers such as methylcellulose; and rosin and them Derivatives of
  • Blends (polyblends) of the above polymers such as PP / EPDM, polyamide / EPDM or ABS, PVC / EVA, PVC / ABS, PVC / MBS, PC / ABS, PBTP / ABS, PC / ASA, PC / PBT, PVC / CPE, PVC / acrylate, POM / thermoplastic PUR, PC / thermoplastic PUR, POM / acrylate, POM / MBS, PPO / HIPS, PPO / PA6.6 and copolymers, PA / HDPE, PA / PP PA / PPO, PBT / PC / ABS or PBT / PET / PC.
  • ⁇ 30> based on pure monomeric compounds or natural and synthetic organic materials which are mixtures of said compounds, such as mineral oil, animal and vegetable fats, oils and waxes, or synthetic esters (for example phthalate, adipate, phosphate or trimellitate) Mixtures of oils, fats and waxes and any mass ratio of synthetic esters and mineral oils, typically mixtures used as fiber spinning compositions, and aqueous emulsions of said materials.
  • mineral oil animal and vegetable fats, oils and waxes
  • synthetic esters for example phthalate, adipate, phosphate or trimellitate
  • An aqueous emulsion of natural or synthetic rubber such as natural latex or latex of carboxylated styrene / butadiene copolymer.
  • Polyketimine combined with unsaturated acrylic polyacetoacetate resin or unsaturated acrylic resin.
  • the unsaturated acrylic resin includes urethane acrylate, polyester acrylate, vinyl or acrylic copolymer having pendant unsaturated groups, and acrylated melamine.
  • the polyketimine is produced from a polyamine and a ketone in the presence of an acid catalyst.
  • a radiation curable composition containing an ethylenically unsaturated monomer or oligomer and a polyunsaturated aliphatic oligomer.
  • An epoxy melamine resin such as a light-stabilized epoxy resin crosslinked with an epoxy-functional co-etherified high solid content melamine resin such as LSE-4103 (trade name, manufactured by Monsanto).
  • the polymer substance used in the present invention is preferably a synthetic polymer, more preferably a polyolefin, an acrylic polymer, polyester, polycarbonate, or cellulose ester.
  • polyethylene, polypropylene, poly (4-methylpentene), polymethyl methacrylate, polycarbonate, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, and triacetyl cellulose are particularly preferable.
  • the polymer substance used in the present invention is preferably a thermoplastic resin.
  • the solid polymer material of the present invention may contain any of antioxidants, light stabilizers, processing stabilizers, anti-aging agents, compatibilizers and the like as necessary in addition to the above-described polymer substance and ultraviolet absorber composition. These additives may be appropriately contained.
  • the solid polymer material of the present invention uses the polymer substance.
  • the solid polymer material of the present invention may be formed only from the polymer substance and the ultraviolet absorber composition, or may be formed by dissolving the polymer substance in an arbitrary solvent.
  • the solid polymer material of the present invention has a light transmittance of 10% or less at 370 nm and 70% or more at 410 nm. Preferably, it is 5% or less at 370 nm and 70% or more at 410 nm. More preferably, it is 1% or less at 370 nm and 70% or more at 410 nm. Although there is no particular lower limit at 370 nm, it is practical that it is 0.0001% or more. Moreover, although there is no upper limit in particular in 410 nm, it is practical that it is 98% or less.
  • the measurement of light transmittance is not particularly limited. For example, a spectrophotometer UV-3600 (trade name) manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation can be used.
  • the solid polymer material of the present invention can be used for all applications in which a synthetic resin is used, but can be particularly preferably used for applications that may be exposed to sunlight or light including ultraviolet rays.
  • Specific examples include, for example, glass substitutes and surface coating materials thereof, window glass for houses, facilities, and transportation equipment, coating materials for daylighting glass and light source protection glass, interior and exterior materials and interior and exterior materials for housing, facilities, and transportation equipment.
  • Materials for light sources that emit ultraviolet rays such as clothing paints, fluorescent lamps, mercury lamps, precision machinery, components for electronic and electrical equipment, shielding materials for electromagnetic waves generated from various displays, containers or packaging materials for food, chemicals, chemicals, etc.
  • anti-fading agent such as printed matter, dyed matter and dyeing pigment, sunscreen cream, shampoo, rinse, hairdressing and other cosmetics, sportswear, stockings, hats and other clothing textiles and fibers, curtains , Carpets, wallpaper and other home interior goods, plastic lenses, contact lenses, artificial eyes and other medical instruments, optical filters, prisms, mirrors, photo Optical articles such as the material, a tape, such as ink stationery, sign plate, and a marking device such as a surface coating material or the like.
  • any shape such as a flat film shape, a powder shape, a spherical particle, a crushed particle, a massive continuous body, a fiber shape, a tubular shape, a hollow fiber shape, a granular shape, a plate shape, a porous shape, etc. It may be.
  • the solid polymer material of the present invention contains a composition comprising the ultraviolet absorbers (A) and (B), it has excellent light resistance (ultraviolet light fastness). No bleed out due to precipitation or long-term use.
  • the polymer material of the present invention has an excellent long-wave ultraviolet absorbing ability, it can be used as an ultraviolet absorbing filter or a container, and can protect compounds that are sensitive to ultraviolet rays.
  • a molded product such as a container
  • a molded article coated with the ultraviolet absorbing film made of the polymer material of the present invention can be obtained by applying and drying the polymer substance solution to a separately produced molded article.
  • the polymer substance is preferably transparent.
  • transparent polymer materials include cellulose esters (eg, diacetylcellulose, triacetylcellulose (TAC), propionylcellulose, butyrylcellulose, acetylpropionylcellulose, nitrocellulose), polyamides, polycarbonates, polyesters (eg, polyethylene terephthalate, Polyethylene naphthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, poly-1,4-cyclohexanedimethylene terephthalate, polyethylene-1,2-diphenoxyethane-4,4′-dicarboxylate, polybutylene terephthalate), polystyrene (eg, syndiotactic) Polystyrene), polyolefin (eg, polyethylene, polypropylene, polymethylpentene), polymethyl methacrylate, syndiotactic polystyrene Emissions
  • TAC triacetylcellulose
  • propionylcellulose butyrylcellulose
  • the polymer material of the present invention can also be used as a transparent support, and the transmittance of the transparent support is preferably 80% or more, and more preferably 86% or more.
  • the packaging material containing the solid polymer material of the present invention will be described.
  • the packaging material containing the solid polymer material of the present invention may be a packaging material made of any kind of polymer as long as it contains the ultraviolet absorbers (A) and (B).
  • the thermoplastic resin described in JP-A-8-208765, the polyvinyl alcohol described in JP-A-8-15155, the polyvinyl chloride described in JP-A-8-245849, and JP-A-10-168292 Polyester described in JP-A-2004-285189, heat-shrinkable polyester described in JP-A-2001-323082, styrene resin described in JP-A-10-298397, JP-A-11-315175, Examples thereof include polyolefins described in JP-A-2001-26081 and JP-A-2005-305745, ROMP described in JP-T-2003-524019, and the like.
  • a resin having an inorganic vapor-deposited thin film layer described in JP-A-2004-50460 and JP-A-2004-243674 may be used.
  • it may be paper coated with a resin containing an ultraviolet absorber described in JP-A-2006-240734.
  • the packaging material containing the solid polymer material of the present invention may package any foods, beverages, drugs, cosmetics, personal care products and the like.
  • Photosensitive material packaging photographic film packaging described in JP-A-2000-56433, UV-curable ink packaging described in JP-A-2005-178832, JP-A-2003-200966, JP-A-2006-323339
  • the shrink label etc. which are described in the gazette are mentioned.
  • the packaging material containing the solid polymer material of the present invention may be, for example, a transparent packaging body described in JP-A-2004-51174, or, for example, a light-shielding packaging body described in JP-A-2006-224317. There may be.
  • the packaging material containing the solid polymer material of the present invention has not only ultraviolet shielding properties as described in, for example, JP-A-2001-26081 and JP-A-2005-305745, but also other performances. May be.
  • the packaging material containing the solid polymer material of the present invention may be manufactured using any method.
  • a method of forming an ink layer described in JP-A-2006-130807 for example, a method of melt-extruding and laminating a resin containing an ultraviolet absorber described in JP-A-2001-323082 and JP-A-2005-305745
  • a method of coating on a substrate film described in JP-A-9-145539 for example, a method of dispersing an ultraviolet absorber in an adhesive described in JP-A-9-57626, and the like can be mentioned.
  • the container containing the solid polymer material of the present invention will be described.
  • the container containing the solid polymer material of the present invention may be a container made of any kind of polymer as long as it contains the ultraviolet absorbers (A) and (B).
  • a thermoplastic resin container described in JP-A-8-324572 a polyester container described in JP-A-2001-48153, JP-A 2005-105004, JP-A 2006-1568, JP-A 2000 Polyethylene naphthalate container described in JP-A-238857, polyethylene container described in JP-A-2001-88815, cyclic olefin resin composition container described in JP-A-7-216152, JP-A-2001- Examples thereof include a plastic container described in Japanese Patent No.
  • a transparent polyamide container described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-83858 may be a paper container containing a resin described in JP-A-2001-114262 and JP-A-2001-213427.
  • a glass container having an ultraviolet absorbing layer described in JP-A-7-242444, JP-A-8-133787, and JP-A-2005-320408 may be used.
  • the use of the container containing the solid polymer material of the present invention may contain any foods, beverages, drugs, cosmetics, personal care products, shampoos and the like.
  • a liquid fuel storage container described in JP-A-5-139434, a golf ball container described in JP-A-7-289665, a food container described in JP-A-9-295664, and JP-A-2003-237825 Container sake container described in JP-A-9-58687, drug-filled container described in JP-A-8-15507, beverage container described in JP-A-8-324572, JP-A-2006-298456 ,
  • JP-A 2002-68322 JP-A 2005-278678, light-resistant cosmetic container described in JP-A-11-276550, pharmaceutical container described in JP-A-11-290420 Containers for high-purity chemical liquids, containers for liquid agents described in JP-A-2001-106218, containers for ultraviolet curable inks described in JP-A-2005-178832, containers for WO04 / 93775
  • the plastic ampules described on the frets For example, the plastic ampules described on the frets.
  • the container made of the solid polymer material of the present invention has not only ultraviolet blocking properties as described in, for example, JP-A-5-305975 and JP-A-7-40954, but also has other performances. May be.
  • the antibacterial container described in JP-A-10-237312, the flexible container described in JP-A-2000-152974, the dispenser container described in JP-A-2002-264979, for example, JP-A-2005-255736 Examples include biodegradable containers described in the publication.
  • the container made of the solid polymer material of the present invention may be manufactured using any method.
  • the coating film made of the solid polymer material of the present invention will be described.
  • the coating film containing the solid polymer material of the present invention may be a coating film composed of any component as long as it contains the ultraviolet absorbers (A) and (B).
  • A ultraviolet absorbers
  • B a coating film composed of any component as long as it contains the ultraviolet absorbers (A) and (B).
  • an acrylic resin system, a urethane resin system, an amino alkyd resin system, an epoxy resin system, a silicone resin system, a fluororesin system, etc. are mentioned.
  • These resins can be formed from a paint in which a main agent, a curing agent, a diluent, a leveling agent, a repellant, and the like are arbitrarily blended.
  • acrylic urethane resin or silicon acrylic resin is selected as the transparent resin component
  • polyisocyanate is used as the curing agent
  • hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene are used as the diluent
  • Alcohol solvents such as ester solvents, isopropyl alcohol, and butyl alcohol can be used.
  • the acrylic urethane resin refers to an acrylic urethane resin obtained by reacting a methacrylic ester (typically methyl), a hydroxyethyl methacrylate copolymer and a polyisocyanate.
  • the polyisocyanate in this case includes tolylene diisocyanate, diphenylmethane diisocyanate, polymethylene polyphenylene polyisocyanate, tolidine diisocyanate, naphthalene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate and the like.
  • the transparent resin component include polymethyl methacrylate, polymethyl methacrylate styrene copolymer, polyvinyl chloride, and polyvinyl acetate.
  • a coating material containing a leveling agent such as an acrylic resin or a silicone resin, an anti-fogging agent such as a silicone type or an acrylic type, or the like as required can be used.
  • the use purpose of the coating film containing the solid polymer material of the present invention may be any application.
  • the coating film containing the solid polymer material of the present invention can be formed by the following paint.
  • UV curable paint described in JP 2001-288410 A electron beam curable coating composition described in JP 2002-69331 A
  • thermosetting paint composition described in JP 2002-80781 A special table Water-based paint for baking lacquer described in 2003-525325
  • powder paint and slurry paint described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-162021 paint for repair described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-233010
  • 11- An aqueous dispersion of powder coating material described in Japanese Patent No. 514689 a coating material for plastics described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-59068, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-160847, and an electron beam curable coating material described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-69331 Etc.
  • the coating film containing the solid polymer material of the present invention is preferably formed under the following conditions. Generally, it is composed of a paint (including a transparent resin component as a main component) and an ultraviolet absorber, and preferably has a composition of more than 0% by mass and not more than 20% by mass with respect to the resin.
  • the thickness at the time of application is preferably 2 to 1000 ⁇ m, more preferably 5 to 200 ⁇ m.
  • the method of applying these paints is arbitrary, but there are a spray method, a dipping method, a roller coat method, a flow coater method, a flow coating method and the like. Drying after application varies depending on the paint components, but it is preferably performed at room temperature to 120 ° C for about 10 to 90 minutes.
  • the coating film containing the solid polymer material of the present invention is a coating film containing the ultraviolet absorbers (A) and (B), and is a coating film formed using a paint containing the ultraviolet absorber.
  • the solid polymer material of the present invention includes any form obtained by using ink.
  • the printed matter described in JP-A-2006-70190, a laminate obtained by laminating the printed matter, a packaging material or container using the laminate, and an ink receiving layer described in JP-A-2002-127596 may be mentioned. .
  • the ink contains the ultraviolet absorbers (A) and (B), and examples thereof include dye ink, pigment ink, water-based ink, and oil-based ink. Moreover, what is used for any use may be used. For example, screen printing inks described in JP-A-8-3502, flexographic printing inks described in JP-T-2006-521941, gravure printing inks described in JP-T-2005-533915, JP-A-11-504954 Lithographic offset printing ink described in Japanese Patent Publication No. JP-A-2005-533915, letterpress printing ink described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2005-533915, UV ink described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No.
  • JP-A-11-199808, WO99 / 67337 pamphlet JP-A-2005-325150, JP-A-2005-350559, JP-A-2006-8811, JP-T-2006-514130 Ink-jet inks, photochromic inks described in JP-A-2006-257165, thermal transfer inks described in JP-A-8-108650, masking inks described in JP-A-2005-23111, JP-A-2004-75888 And the fluorescent ink described in JP-A-7-164729, the DNA ink described in JP-A-2006-22300, and the like.
  • the image display device containing the solid polymer material of the present invention may be any one as long as it contains the ultraviolet absorbers (A) and (B).
  • A ultraviolet absorbers
  • B an image display device using an electrochromic element described in JP-A-2006-301268, an image display device called so-called electronic paper described in JP-A-2006-293155, and described in JP-A-9-306344
  • an image display device using an organic EL element described in JP-A-2000-223271 for example, an image display device using an electrochromic element described in JP-A-2006-301268, an image display device called so-called electronic paper described in JP-A-2006-293155, and described in JP-A-9-306344
  • an image display device using an organic EL element described in JP-A-2000-223271 an image display device using an organic EL element described in JP-A-2000-223271.
  • the ultraviolet absorber of the present invention may be one in which an ultraviolet absorbing layer is formed in a laminated structure described in, for example, JP-A-2000-223271, or a circularly polarizing plate described in, for example, JP-A-2005-189645 is necessary.
  • a member containing an ultraviolet absorber may be used.
  • the solar cell cover including the solid polymer material of the present invention will be described.
  • the solar cell applied in the present invention may be a solar cell comprising any type of element such as a crystalline silicon solar cell, an amorphous silicon solar cell, and a dye-sensitized solar cell.
  • a cover material is used as a protective member for imparting antifouling, impact resistance and durability as described in JP-A-2000-174296.
  • dye-sensitized solar cells as described in JP-A-2006-282970, a metal oxide semiconductor that becomes active when excited by light (particularly ultraviolet rays) is used as an electrode material, so that it is adsorbed as a photosensitizer.
  • the dyes that have been deteriorated and the photovoltaic power generation efficiency gradually decreases, and it has been proposed to provide an ultraviolet absorbing layer.
  • the solar cell cover including the solid polymer material of the present invention may be made of any kind of polymer.
  • polyester described in JP-A-2006-310461, thermosetting transparent resin described in JP-A-2006-257144, ⁇ -olefin polymer described in JP-A-2006-210906, JP-A-2003-168814 Polypropylene described in the publication, polyethersulfone described in JP-A-2005-129713, acrylic resin described in JP-A-2004-227843, transparent fluororesin described in JP-A-2004-168057, etc. Can be mentioned.
  • the solar cell cover including the solid polymer material of the present invention may be manufactured by any method.
  • an ultraviolet absorbing layer described in JP-A-11-40833 may be formed, or layers containing respective ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A-2005-129926 may be laminated, or JP2000-2000A may be laminated. May be contained in the resin of the filler layer described in JP-A-91611, or a film may be formed from a polymer containing an ultraviolet absorber described in JP-A-2005-346999.
  • the solar cell cover including the solid polymer material of the present invention may have any shape.
  • the sealing material described in JP-A-2001-261904 may contain an ultraviolet absorber.
  • JP-A-8-102296 JP-A-2000-67629, JP-A-2005-353554, JP-A-5-272076, JP-A-2003.
  • the evaluation for each application can be achieved by the following known evaluation method.
  • Degradation due to light of polymer materials is JIS-K7105: 1981, JIS-K7101: 1981, JIS-K7102: 1981, JIS-K7219: 1998, JIS-K7350-1: 1995, JIS-K7350-2: 1995, JIS -K7350-3: 1996, JIS-K7350-4: 1996, and a method based on this method can be used for evaluation.
  • the light resistance when used as a packaging / container application can be evaluated by the method of JIS-K7105 and a method referring to this.
  • Specific examples thereof include light transmittance of the bottle body described in JP-A-2006-298456, transparency evaluation, sensory test evaluation of bottle contents after exposure to ultraviolet rays using a xenon light source, JP-A-2000-238857 Evaluation of haze value after irradiation with xenon lamp described in JP-A-2006-224317, evaluation of haze value as halogen lamp light source described in JP-A-2006-224317, use of blue wool scale after exposure to mercury lamp described in JP-A-2006-240734 Yellow degree evaluation, haze value evaluation using a sunshine weather meter described in JP-A-2005-105004, JP-A-2006-1568, visual evaluation of colorability, JP-A-7-40954, JP-A-8 -151455, JP-A-10-168292, JP-A-2001-323082, JP
  • JIS-K5400 JIS-K5600-7-5: 1999, JIS-K5600-7-6: 2002, JIS-K5600-7-7: 1999, JIS-K5600 It can be evaluated by the method of -7-8: 1999, JIS-K8741 and a method based on this method.
  • Specific examples are the color density after exposure using the xenon light resistance tester and UVCON device described in JP 2000-509082, and the color difference ⁇ Ea * b * in the CIE L * a * b * color coordinates and residual gloss.
  • Light resistance when used as an ink application can be evaluated by the method of JIS-K5701-1: 2000, JIS-K7360-2, ISO105-B02 and a method referring to this. Specifically, the evaluation by measuring the color density and CIE L * a * b * color coordinates after exposure using a fluorescent lamp for offices described in JP-T-2006-514130, a fading tester, JP 2006-514130 Electrophoretic evaluation after exposure to ultraviolet rays using a xenon arc light source described in No.
  • the light resistance of the solar cell module can be evaluated by the method of JIS-C8917: 1998, JIS-C8938: 1995 and a method referring to this. Specifically, IV measurement photovoltaic power generation efficiency evaluation after exposure with a light source in which a correction filter for solar simulation is mounted on a xenon lamp described in JP-A-2006-282970, JP-A-11-261085, JP-A-2000 No. -144583 publication, chromatic weather scale evaluation, color and appearance adhesion evaluation after exposure using a sunshine weather meter and a fade meter.
  • JIS-K7103 and ISO / DIS9050 evaluation methods can be evaluated by the methods of JIS-K7103 and ISO / DIS9050 and methods based on this method. Specifically, the appearance evaluation of the polycarbonate-coated film described in JP-A-2006-89697 after exposure with a UV tester, the blue scale evaluation after exposure to UV rays in artificial hair described in JP-A-2006-316395, Evaluation of treatment water contact angle after exposure using the accelerated weathering tester described in Kaikai 2006-335855, projection screen after exposure using the weathering tester described in JP-A-2005-55615 Visual evaluation of projected images, Sunshine weather meter described in JP-A-2005-74735, test piece surface deterioration after exposure using a metal weather meter, visual evaluation of design changes, JP-A-2005-326761 Appearance visual evaluation after lighting exposure using the described metal lamp reflector, evaluation of light transmittance of bottle label described in JP 2002-189415 A, JP 2004-352847 A, JP 2003-
  • Example 1 Polyethylene terephthalate resin (PET), pellets A and pellets C are melted and mixed at 280 ° C. in a biaxial kneading extrusion kneader at a ratio of 98% by mass, 1% by mass, and 1% by mass, and an unstretched sheet by an injection molding machine. And biaxially stretching to obtain a film having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m.
  • PET Polyethylene terephthalate resin
  • Example 2 An injection molding machine in which polyethylene terephthalate resin (PET), pellets A, and pellets C were melt-mixed at 280 ° C. in a biaxial kneading extrusion kneader at a ratio of 97.2 mass%, 0.8 mass%, and 2 mass%. To make an unstretched sheet, and further biaxially stretched to obtain a film having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m.
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate resin
  • pellets A pellets A
  • pellets C were melt-mixed at 280 ° C. in a biaxial kneading extrusion kneader at a ratio of 97.2 mass%, 0.8 mass%, and 2 mass%.
  • Example 3 An injection molding machine in which polyethylene terephthalate resin (PET), pellets A, and pellets C are melt mixed at 280 ° C. with a biaxial kneading extrusion kneader at a ratio of 94.5% by mass, 0.5% by mass, and 5% by mass. To make an unstretched sheet, and further biaxially stretched to obtain a film having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m.
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate resin
  • pellets A pellets A
  • pellets C are melt mixed at 280 ° C. with a biaxial kneading extrusion kneader at a ratio of 94.5% by mass, 0.5% by mass, and 5% by mass.
  • Example 4 Polyethylene terephthalate resin (PET), pellets B, and pellets C are melted and mixed at 280 ° C. in a biaxial kneading extrusion kneader at a ratio of 98% by mass, 1% by mass, and 1% by mass, and an unstretched sheet by an injection molding machine. And biaxially stretching to obtain a film having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m.
  • PET Polyethylene terephthalate resin
  • pellets B, and pellets C are melted and mixed at 280 ° C. in a biaxial kneading extrusion kneader at a ratio of 98% by mass, 1% by mass, and 1% by mass, and an unstretched sheet by an injection molding machine. And biaxially stretching to obtain a film having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m.
  • Example 5 An injection molding machine in which polyethylene terephthalate resin (PET), pellets B, and pellets C are melt-mixed at 280 ° C. in a biaxial kneading extrusion kneader at a ratio of 97.2 mass%, 0.8 mass%, and 2 mass%. To make an unstretched sheet, and further biaxially stretched to obtain a film having a thickness of 100 ⁇ m.
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate resin
  • pellets B, and pellets C are melt-mixed at 280 ° C. in a biaxial kneading extrusion kneader at a ratio of 97.2 mass%, 0.8 mass%, and 2 mass%.
  • Comparative Example 1 Polyethylene terephthalate resin (PET) 90% by mass, pellet C 10% by mass in a biaxial kneading extrusion kneader melted and mixed at 280 ° C. to make an unstretched sheet with an injection molding machine, and further biaxially stretched to obtain a thickness A 100 ⁇ m film was obtained.
  • PET polyethylene terephthalate resin
  • Table 7 shows a list of produced films.
  • the solid polymer materials (Examples 1 to 5) containing the composition composed of the ultraviolet absorbers (A) and (B) of the present invention contained the ultraviolet absorber (B) alone.
  • the transmittance of 380 nm is the same level and the color tone is the same even though the total amount of UV absorber used is reduced by 45 to 80% by mass. It was a level. From this, it was found that the solid polymer material of the present invention has the same ultraviolet shielding performance even when the total amount of ultraviolet absorber used is reduced.
  • the change in film haze after heating represents the ease of bleeding out, but the rate of change in Examples 1 to 5 was lower than that in Comparative Example 1.
  • the solid polymer material of the present invention can keep the film haze due to bleed out low. Further, the volatility of Examples 1 to 5 is significantly lower than that of Comparative Example 1, and the solid polymer material of the present invention can suppress the volatilization of the UV absorber when heated at 280 ° C. I understood it.
  • the solid polymer material containing the ultraviolet absorbent composition according to the present invention has the same ultraviolet shielding performance even when the total amount of ultraviolet absorbent used is reduced, and the film haze caused by bleed-out As a result, it was found that the volatility of the UV absorber was also kept low.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
  • Hybrid Cells (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed is a solid polymer material comprising an ultraviolet absorber composition that comprises at least one ultraviolet absorber (A) having a maximum absorption wavelength of 360 to 400 nm and at least one ultraviolet absorber (B) having a maximum absorption wavelength of less than 360 nm.  The mass ratio of the ultraviolet absorber (A) to the ultraviolet absorber (B) is in the range of 1 : 1 to 1 : 100, and the ultraviolet absorber (A) is an auxiliary component.  The solid polymer material has a light transmittance of not more than 10% at 370 nm and not less than 70% at 410 nm.

Description

固体高分子材料Solid polymer material
 本発明は固体高分子材料に関し、詳しくは紫外線吸収剤組成物を含有する固体高分子材料に関する。 The present invention relates to a solid polymer material, and more particularly to a solid polymer material containing an ultraviolet absorber composition.
 紫外線吸収剤は、基材となる高分子材料の劣化を防ぐ目的の他、紫外線吸収剤を含有する高分子材料を紫外線カットフィルタとして使用することで、内容物の紫外線による劣化を防ぐ目的に使用される。このような紫外線カットフィルタの働きとして用いられるものとしては、食品や医薬品のような包装材料で内容物の保護のために使用したり、プラズマディスプレイ用のフィルタとして、赤外線吸収剤や色素の保護に使用したり、色素増感型太陽電池のフィルタとして色素の保護に使用することが検討されている。 In addition to the purpose of preventing deterioration of the polymer material used as a base material, the UV absorber is used for the purpose of preventing deterioration of the contents due to UV light by using a polymer material containing the UV absorber as an UV cut filter. Is done. These UV cut filters can be used to protect the contents of packaging materials such as foods and pharmaceuticals, and as filters for plasma displays to protect infrared absorbers and pigments. It has been studied to be used for protecting dyes as a filter for dye-sensitized solar cells.
 このような用途では、ポリエステルが基材として使用されることが多く、紫外線吸収剤をブレンドする方法が取られる。紫外線カットフィルタのカット性能を上げるために、紫外線吸収剤を多量にブレンドすると、製膜時に紫外線吸収剤の昇華又は分解が起こり、成型ロール等の設備を汚染することになり、生産性や品質の低下に繋がることがある。
 更に、製膜後のフィルム表面に紫外線吸収剤がブリードアウトする問題が発生することが問題となる。
 このような昇華又は分解については、特定の構造を有する紫外線吸収剤を使用することが示されているが、実際には昇華による設備の汚染は完全に防ぐことはできていない(例えば特許文献1及び2等を参照)。更にブリードアウトを防ぐために、積層ポリエルテルフィルムにすることが示されているが、複雑な構成となるデメリットがある(例えば特許文献3を参照)。このような昇華やブリードアウトを低減する、簡易で効果的な方法が求められている。
In such applications, polyester is often used as a substrate, and a method of blending an ultraviolet absorber is taken. If a large amount of UV absorber is blended in order to improve the cut performance of the UV cut filter, sublimation or decomposition of the UV absorber will occur during film formation, which will contaminate equipment such as molding rolls. May lead to decline.
Furthermore, there arises a problem that the ultraviolet absorber bleeds out on the film surface after film formation.
For such sublimation or decomposition, it has been shown that an ultraviolet absorber having a specific structure is used, but actually, contamination of equipment due to sublimation cannot be completely prevented (for example, Patent Document 1). And 2 etc.). Further, in order to prevent bleed out, it has been shown that a laminated polyester film is used. There is a need for a simple and effective method for reducing such sublimation and bleed out.
 また、高機能な色素を守る、高い耐候性を維持する、有害な紫外線から人体を守るなどの理由で、紫外線領域の長波域までカットする要求はますます高くなっている。紫外線吸収剤の使用量を増やすことにより更に長波域がカット可能となるが、昇華やブリードアウトがおき易くなり、黄色味が問題となる。紫外線吸収剤量は増やさずに、長波域までカットする方法が求められている。 Also, the demand to cut to the long wave region of the ultraviolet region is increasing due to reasons such as protecting high-performance pigments, maintaining high weather resistance, and protecting the human body from harmful ultraviolet rays. Increasing the amount of UV absorber used can further cut the long wave region, but sublimation and bleed out are likely to occur, and yellowness becomes a problem. There is a demand for a method of cutting to a long wave region without increasing the amount of the ultraviolet absorber.
特開2004-202899号公報JP 2004-202899 A 特開2005-346999号公報JP 2005-346999 A 特開2004-10875号公報JP 2004-10875 A
 本発明は、紫外線遮蔽性能は落とさずに、紫外線吸収剤の総量を減らすことができ、ブリードアウトを低減し、更にフィルム工程での紫外線吸収剤の揮発を低減することができる紫外線吸収剤組成物を含有する固体高分子材料を提供することを課題とする。 The present invention provides an ultraviolet absorber composition capable of reducing the total amount of the ultraviolet absorber without reducing the ultraviolet shielding performance, reducing bleed out, and further reducing volatilization of the ultraviolet absorber in the film process. It is an object of the present invention to provide a solid polymer material containing the above.
 本発明者らは、紫外線領域に吸収を有する化合物を詳細に検討した結果、360~400nmに極大吸収波長を有する特定の構造を有する紫外線吸収剤を補助的に使用することにより、紫外線遮蔽性能は落とさずに、紫外線吸収剤の総量を減らすことができ、ブリードアウトを低減し、更にフィルム工程での紫外線吸収剤の揮発を低減することができることを見出した。本発明は、このような知見に基づきなされるに至ったものである。 As a result of detailed examination of compounds having absorption in the ultraviolet region, the present inventors have used ultraviolet absorbers having a specific structure having a maximum absorption wavelength at 360 to 400 nm as an auxiliary, so that the ultraviolet shielding performance is improved. It has been found that the total amount of the UV absorber can be reduced without dropping, reducing the bleed-out, and further reducing the volatilization of the UV absorber in the film process. The present invention has been made based on such findings.
 本発明によれば、以下の手段が提供される:
<1>極大吸収波長が360~400nmである少なくとも1種の紫外線吸収剤(A)と極大吸収波長が360nm未満である少なくとも1種の紫外線吸収剤(B)とからなる紫外線吸収剤組成物を含有し、前記の紫外線吸収剤(A)と紫外線吸収剤(B)との比率が質量比で1:1~1:100の範囲であり、当該紫外線吸収剤(A)が補助的に使用される固体高分子材料であって、光線透過率が、370nmにおいて10%以下かつ410nmにおいて70%以上である固体高分子材料。
<2>前記光線透過率が、370nmにおいて5%以下かつ410nmにおいて70%以上である、<1>項に記載の固体高分子材料。
<3>前記紫外線吸収剤(B)が、ベンゾトリアゾール系、トリアジン系、ベンゾオキサジノン系、又はベンゾフェノン系である<1>又は<2>項に記載の固体高分子材料。
<4>前記紫外線吸収剤(A)が、下記一般式(1)で表される化合物よりなる紫外線吸収剤である、<1>~<3>のいずれか1項に記載の固体高分子材料。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
According to the present invention, the following means are provided:
<1> An ultraviolet absorber composition comprising at least one ultraviolet absorber (A) having a maximum absorption wavelength of 360 to 400 nm and at least one ultraviolet absorber (B) having a maximum absorption wavelength of less than 360 nm. And the ratio of the ultraviolet absorber (A) to the ultraviolet absorber (B) is in the range of 1: 1 to 1: 100 by mass ratio, and the ultraviolet absorber (A) is used as an auxiliary. A solid polymer material having a light transmittance of 10% or less at 370 nm and 70% or more at 410 nm.
<2> The solid polymer material according to <1>, wherein the light transmittance is 5% or less at 370 nm and 70% or more at 410 nm.
<3> The solid polymer material according to <1> or <2>, wherein the ultraviolet absorber (B) is a benzotriazole, triazine, benzoxazinone, or benzophenone.
<4> The solid polymer material according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the ultraviolet absorber (A) is an ultraviolet absorber comprising a compound represented by the following general formula (1): .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
[Het1は、2価の5員環又は6員環の芳香族ヘテロ環残基を表す。また、該芳香族ヘテロ環残基は置換基を有していても良い。
 Xa、Xb、Xc及びXdは、互いに独立してヘテロ原子を表す。また、Xa~Xdは置換基を有していても良い。
 Ya、Yb、Yc、Yd、Ye及びYfは、互いに独立してヘテロ原子または炭素原子を表す。また、Ya~Yfは置換基を有していても良い。
 Het1に結合している環は、任意の位置に二重結合を有していても良い。]
<5>前記一般式(1)において、Xa、Xb、Ya、Yb、Yc及び炭素原子によって形成される環並びにXc、Xd、Yd、Ye、Yf及び炭素原子によって形成される環の少なくとも一方が縮環している、<4>項に記載の固体高分子材料。
<6>前記一般式(1)において、Xa、Xb、Ya、Yb、Yc及び炭素原子によって形成される環並びにXc、Xd、Yd、Ye、Yf及び炭素原子によって形成される環の少なくとも一方がペリミジン環ではない、<4>又は<5>項に記載の固体高分子材料。
<7>前記一般式(1)で表される化合物が下記一般式(2)で表される化合物である、<4>~<6>のいずれか1項に記載の固体高分子材料。
[Het 1 represents a divalent 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic residue. The aromatic heterocyclic residue may have a substituent.
X a , X b , X c and X d each independently represent a hetero atom. X a to X d may have a substituent.
Y a , Y b , Y c , Y d , Y e and Y f each independently represent a hetero atom or a carbon atom. Y a to Y f may have a substituent.
The ring bonded to Het 1 may have a double bond at any position. ]
<5> In the general formula (1), a ring formed by X a , X b , Y a , Y b , Y c and a carbon atom, and X c , X d , Y d , Y e , Y f and carbon The solid polymer material according to <4>, wherein at least one of the rings formed by atoms is condensed.
<6> In the general formula (1), a ring formed by X a , X b , Y a , Y b , Y c and a carbon atom, and X c , X d , Y d , Y e , Y f and carbon The solid polymer material according to <4> or <5>, wherein at least one of the rings formed by the atoms is not a perimidine ring.
<7> The solid polymer material according to any one of <4> to <6>, wherein the compound represented by the general formula (1) is a compound represented by the following general formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
[Het2は、前記一般式(1)のHet1と同義である。
 X2a、X2b、X2c及びX2dは、それぞれ前記一般式(1)のXa、Xb、Xc及びXdと同義である。
 Y2b、Y2c、Y2e及びY2fは、それぞれ前記一般式(1)のYb、Yc、Ye及びYfと同義である。
 L1及びL2は、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、硫黄原子または=NRaを表す(Raは、水素原子または1価の置換基を表す。)。
 Z1及びZ2はそれぞれ独立して、Y2b及びY2cまたはY2e及びY2fと一緒になって4~8員環を形成するのに必要な原子群を表す。]
<8>前記一般式(2)で表される化合物が下記一般式(3)で表される化合物である、<7>項に記載の固体高分子材料。
[Het 2 is synonymous with Het 1 in the general formula (1).
X 2a , X 2b , X 2c and X 2d have the same meanings as X a , X b , X c and X d in the general formula (1), respectively.
Y 2b , Y 2c , Y 2e and Y 2f have the same meanings as Y b , Y c , Y e and Y f in the general formula (1), respectively.
L 1 and L 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or ═NR a (R a represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent).
Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represents an atomic group necessary for forming a 4- to 8-membered ring together with Y 2b and Y 2c or Y 2e and Y 2f . ]
<8> The solid polymer material according to <7>, wherein the compound represented by the general formula (2) is a compound represented by the following general formula (3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
[Het3は、前記一般式(2)のHet2と同義である。
 X3a、X3b、X3c及びX3dは、それぞれ前記一般式(2)のX2a、X2b、X2c及びX2dと同義である。
 R3a、R3b、R3c、R3d、R3e、R3f、R3g及びR3hは互いに独立して、水素原子または1価の置換基を表す。]
<9>前記一般式(3)で表される化合物が下記一般式(4)で表される化合物である、<8>項に記載の固体高分子材料。
[Het 3 is synonymous with Het 2 in the general formula (2).
X 3a , X 3b , X 3c and X 3d have the same meanings as X 2a , X 2b , X 2c and X 2d in the general formula (2), respectively.
R 3a , R 3b , R 3c , R 3d , R 3e , R 3f , R 3g and R 3h each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. ]
<9> The solid polymer material according to <8>, wherein the compound represented by the general formula (3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
[Het4は、前記一般式(3)のHet3と同義である。
 R4a、R4b、R4c、R4d、R4e、R4f、R4g及びR4hは、それぞれ前記一般式(3)のR3a、R3b、R3c、R3d、R3e、R3f、R3g及びR3hと同義である。]
<10>前記一般式(4)で表される化合物が下記一般式(5)で表される化合物である、<9>項に記載の固体高分子材料。
[Het 4 is synonymous with Het 3 in the general formula (3).
R 4a , R 4b , R 4c , R 4d , R 4e , R 4f , R 4g and R 4h are R 3a , R 3b , R 3c , R 3d , R 3e , R 3f in the general formula (3), respectively. , R 3g and R 3h . ]
<10> The solid polymer material according to <9>, wherein the compound represented by the general formula (4) is a compound represented by the following general formula (5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
[R5a、R5b、R5c、R5d、R5e、R5f、R5g及びR5hは、それぞれ前記一般式(4)のR4a、R4b、R4c、R4d、R4e、R4f、R4g及びR4hと同義である。R5i及びR5jは互いに独立して、水素原子または1価の置換基を表す。]
<11><1>~<10>のいずれか1項に記載の固体高分子材料を含むフィルム。
[R 5a , R 5b , R 5c , R 5d , R 5e , R 5f , R 5g and R 5h are R 4a , R 4b , R 4c , R 4d , R 4e , R in the general formula (4), respectively. It is synonymous with 4f , R4g and R4h . R 5i and R 5j each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. ]
<11> A film comprising the solid polymer material according to any one of <1> to <10>.
 本発明の固体高分子材料は、紫外線吸収剤の使用量総量を削減しても紫外線遮蔽性能を維持することができ、ブリードアウトによるフィルムヘーズを低く抑えることができ、更に紫外線吸収剤の揮発を低く抑え、フィルム工程での紫外線吸収剤の揮散による設備の汚染を防ぐことができる。 The solid polymer material of the present invention can maintain the ultraviolet shielding performance even when the total amount of the ultraviolet absorber used is reduced, can suppress the film haze due to bleed out, and further reduces the volatilization of the ultraviolet absorber. It can be kept low and contamination of equipment due to volatilization of the UV absorber in the film process can be prevented.
 本発明の上記及び他の特徴及び利点は、下記の記載からより明らかになるであろう。 The above and other features and advantages of the present invention will become more apparent from the following description.
 本発明の固体高分子材料は、極大吸収波長が360~400nmである紫外線吸収剤(A)と極大吸収波長が360nm未満である紫外線吸収剤(B)とをそれぞれ少なくとも1種以上からなる紫外線吸収剤組成物を含有する。好ましくは、紫外線吸収剤(A)は2種類以下であり、1種類のみである場合が特に好ましい。紫外線吸収剤(B)は2種類以下であることが好ましく、1種類である場合が特に好ましい。 The solid polymer material of the present invention comprises an ultraviolet absorber (A) having a maximum absorption wavelength of 360 to 400 nm and an ultraviolet absorber (B) having a maximum absorption wavelength of less than 360 nm. Contains an agent composition. Preferably, the number of ultraviolet absorbers (A) is two or less, and the case where only one type is particularly preferred. The number of ultraviolet absorbers (B) is preferably two or less, and particularly preferably one.
 分光吸収極大波長を確認するための溶液は、紫外線吸収剤(A)及び(B)を有機或いは無機の溶媒または水を単独或いはそれらの混合物を用いて溶解したものである。
 有機溶媒としては、例えばアミド系溶媒(例えばN,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、1-メチル-2-ピロリドン)、スルホン系溶媒(例えばスルホラン)、スルホキシド系溶媒(例えばジメチルスルホキシド)、ウレイド系溶媒(例えばテトラメチルウレア)、エーテル系溶媒(例えばジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン、シクロペンチルメチルエーテル)、ケトン系溶媒(例えばアセトン、シクロヘキサノン)、炭化水素系溶媒(例えばトルエン、キシレン、n-デカン)、ハロゲン系溶媒(例えばテトラクロロエタン,クロロベンゼン、クロロナフタレン)、アルコール系溶媒(例えばメタノール、エタノール、イソプロピルアルコール、エチレングリコール、シクロヘキサノール、フェノール)、ピリジン系溶媒(例えばピリジン、γ-ピコリン、2,6-ルチジン)、エステル系溶媒(例えば酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル)、カルボン酸系溶媒(例えば酢酸、プロピオン酸)、ニトリル系溶媒(例えばアセトニトリル)、スルホン酸系溶媒(例えばメタンスルホン酸)、アミン系溶媒(例えばトリエチルアミン、トリブチルアミン)等を用いることができる。
 無機溶媒としては、例えば硫酸、リン酸等を用いることができる。
The solution for confirming the spectral absorption maximum wavelength is obtained by dissolving the ultraviolet absorbers (A) and (B) using an organic or inorganic solvent or water alone or a mixture thereof.
Examples of the organic solvent include amide solvents (for example, N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, 1-methyl-2-pyrrolidone), sulfone solvents (for example, sulfolane), sulfoxide solvents (for example, dimethyl sulfoxide). Ureido solvents (eg tetramethylurea), ether solvents (eg dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, cyclopentylmethyl ether), ketone solvents (eg acetone, cyclohexanone), hydrocarbon solvents (eg toluene, xylene, n-decane), Halogen solvents (eg, tetrachloroethane, chlorobenzene, chloronaphthalene), alcohol solvents (eg, methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, ethylene glycol, cyclohexanol, phenol), pyridi Solvent (eg pyridine, γ-picoline, 2,6-lutidine), ester solvent (eg ethyl acetate, butyl acetate), carboxylic acid solvent (eg acetic acid, propionic acid), nitrile solvent (eg acetonitrile), sulfone An acid solvent (for example, methanesulfonic acid), an amine solvent (for example, triethylamine, tributylamine), or the like can be used.
As the inorganic solvent, for example, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid and the like can be used.
 紫外線吸収剤(A)及び(B)の溶解性の点から、アミド系溶媒、スルホン系溶媒、スルホキシド系溶媒、ウレイド系溶媒、エーテル系溶媒、ケトン系溶媒、ハロゲン系溶媒、炭化水素系溶媒、アルコール系溶媒、エステル系溶媒、又はニトリル系溶媒が好ましい。 From the solubility point of the ultraviolet absorbers (A) and (B), an amide solvent, a sulfone solvent, a sulfoxide solvent, a ureido solvent, an ether solvent, a ketone solvent, a halogen solvent, a hydrocarbon solvent, Alcohol solvents, ester solvents, or nitrile solvents are preferred.
 測定のための紫外線吸収剤(A)及び(B)の濃度は、分光吸収の極大波長が確認できる濃度であれば特に制限されず、好ましくは1×10-7~1×1013mol/Lの範囲である。
 測定のための温度は特に制限されず、好ましくは0℃~80℃である。
 分光吸収測定装置としては、特に制限されず、通常の分光吸収測定装置(例えば、U-4100スペクトロフォトメーター、商品名、日立ハイテクノロジーズ(株)製)を用いることができる。
The concentration of the ultraviolet absorbers (A) and (B) for measurement is not particularly limited as long as the maximum wavelength of spectral absorption can be confirmed, and preferably 1 × 10 −7 to 1 × 10 13 mol / L. Range.
The temperature for measurement is not particularly limited, and is preferably 0 ° C. to 80 ° C.
The spectral absorption measurement device is not particularly limited, and an ordinary spectral absorption measurement device (for example, U-4100 spectrophotometer, trade name, manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation) can be used.
 紫外線吸収剤(A)と紫外線吸収剤(B)との混合比率は1:1~1:100であり、紫外線吸収剤(A)が補助的に使用される。好ましくは1:2~1:50であり、より好ましくは1:3~1:25である。なお、この場合の混合比率は質量比で表すものとする。この範囲とすることで、一層製造適性に優れ、さらに所定の吸収波長における所望の透過率を得ることができ、例えば紫外線吸収剤(B)を適量含有させることで波長370nmの透過率を好適に抑えることができ好ましい。ここで、「補助的に使用される」とは、メインに使用されるのは紫外線吸収剤(B)であり、紫外線吸収剤(A)はそれと同量以下の量で使用されるという意味である。 The mixing ratio of the ultraviolet absorber (A) and the ultraviolet absorber (B) is 1: 1 to 1: 100, and the ultraviolet absorber (A) is used as an auxiliary. The ratio is preferably 1: 2 to 1:50, more preferably 1: 3 to 1:25. In this case, the mixing ratio is expressed as a mass ratio. By setting it within this range, it is further excellent in manufacturing suitability, and further, it is possible to obtain a desired transmittance at a predetermined absorption wavelength. For example, by containing an appropriate amount of the ultraviolet absorber (B), the transmittance at a wavelength of 370 nm is suitably obtained. This is preferable because it can be suppressed. Here, “auxiliary used” means that the ultraviolet absorber (B) is mainly used, and the ultraviolet absorber (A) is used in the same amount or less. is there.
 まず、紫外線吸収剤(A)について詳細に説明する。紫外線吸収剤(A)は、極大吸収波長が360~400nmである紫外線吸収剤であり、好ましくは前記一般式(1)で表される化合物よりなる紫外線吸収剤である。
 前記一般式(1)において、Het1は、少なくとも一つのヘテロ原子を有する2価の5員環又は6員環の芳香族ヘテロ環残基を表す。また、Het1は、縮環していても良い。
 ヘテロ原子としては例えば、ホウ素原子、窒素原子、酸素原子、ケイ素原子、リン原子、硫黄原子、セレン原子、テルル原子などを挙げることができる。ヘテロ原子として好ましくは、窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子である。より好ましくは、窒素原子、硫黄原子である。特に好ましくは、硫黄原子である。ヘテロ原子を二つ以上有する場合は、同一原子であっても異なる原子であっても良い。
 2価の芳香族ヘテロ環残基に2つの水素原子を付加した芳香族ヘテロ環として例えば、ピロール、ピラゾール、イミダゾール、1,2,3-トリアゾール、1,2,4-トリアゾール、ピリジン、ピリダジン、ピリミジン、ピラジン、1,3,5-トリアジン、フラン、チオフェン、オキサゾール、イソオキサゾール、チアゾール、イソチアゾール、1,2,3-オキサジアゾール、1,3,4-チアジアゾールなどを挙げることができる。芳香族ヘテロ環として好ましくは、ピロール、ピリジン、フラン、チオフェンである。より好ましくは、ピリジン、チオフェンである。特に好ましくは、チオフェンである。芳香族ヘテロ環の水素原子を取り除く位置はいずれでも良い。例えばヘテロ5員環化合物ピロールでの結合位置は、2,3位、2,4位、2,5位、3,4位、3,5位が挙げられる。また、ヘテロ6員環化合物ピリジンでの結合位置は、2,3位、2,4位、2,5位、2,6位、3,4位、3,5位、3,6位が挙げられる。
First, the ultraviolet absorber (A) will be described in detail. The ultraviolet absorber (A) is an ultraviolet absorber having a maximum absorption wavelength of 360 to 400 nm, and is preferably an ultraviolet absorber made of the compound represented by the general formula (1).
In the general formula (1), Het 1 represents a divalent 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic residue having at least one heteroatom. Het 1 may be condensed.
Examples of the hetero atom include a boron atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a silicon atom, a phosphorus atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, and a tellurium atom. A hetero atom is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom. More preferably, they are a nitrogen atom and a sulfur atom. Particularly preferred is a sulfur atom. When two or more hetero atoms are present, they may be the same atom or different atoms.
Examples of the aromatic heterocyclic ring in which two hydrogen atoms are added to a divalent aromatic heterocyclic residue include pyrrole, pyrazole, imidazole, 1,2,3-triazole, 1,2,4-triazole, pyridine, pyridazine, Examples include pyrimidine, pyrazine, 1,3,5-triazine, furan, thiophene, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, 1,2,3-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole and the like. Preferred examples of the aromatic heterocycle include pyrrole, pyridine, furan and thiophene. More preferred are pyridine and thiophene. Particularly preferred is thiophene. Any position for removing the hydrogen atom of the aromatic heterocycle may be used. For example, the bonding positions in the hetero 5-membered ring compound pyrrole include the 2,3-position, 2,4-position, 2,5-position, 3,4-position, and 3,5-position. In addition, the bonding positions in the hetero 6-membered ring compound pyridine include the 2,3 position, 2,4 position, 2,5 position, 2,6 position, 3,4 position, 3,5 position and 3,6 position. It is done.
 また、芳香族ヘテロ環残基は置換基を有していても良い。置換基として1価の置換基が挙げられる。1価の置換基(以下Rとする)の例として、ハロゲン原子(例えばフッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子)、炭素数1~20のアルキル基(例えばメチル、エチル)、炭素数6~20のアリール基(例えばフェニル、ナフチル)、シアノ基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基(例えばメトキシカルボニル)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(例えばフェノキシカルボニル)、置換又は無置換のカルバモイル基(例えばカルバモイル、N-フェニルカルバモイル、N,N-ジメチルカルバモイル)、アルキルカルボニル基(例えばアセチル)、アリールカルボニル基(例えばベンゾイル)、ニトロ基、置換または無置換のアミノ基(例えばアミノ、ジメチルアミノ、アニリノ)、アシルアミノ基(例えばアセトアミド、エトキシカルボニルアミノ)、スルホンアミド基(例えばメタンスルホンアミド)、イミド基(例えばスクシンイミド、フタルイミド)、イミノ基(例えばベンジリデンアミノ)、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基(例えばメトキシ)、アリールオキシ基(例えばフェノキシ)、アシルオキシ基(例えばアセトキシ)、アルキルスルホニルオキシ基(例えばメタンスルホニルオキシ)、アリールスルホニルオキシ基(例えばベンゼンスルホニルオキシ)、スルホ基、置換または無置換のスルファモイル基(例えばスルファモイル、N-フェニルスルファモイル)、アルキルチオ基(例えばメチルチオ)、アリールチオ基(例えばフェニルチオ)、アルキルスルホニル基(例えばメタンスルホニル)、アリールスルホニル基(例えばベンゼンスルホニル)、炭素数6~20のヘテロ環基(例えばピリジル、モルホリノ)などを挙げることができる。また、置換基は更に置換されていても良く、置換基が複数ある場合は、同じでも異なっても良い。その際、置換基の例としては、上述の1価の置換基Rを挙げることができる。また置換基同士で結合して環を形成しても良い。
 置換基として好ましくは、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基がある。より好ましくは、アルキル基、アリール基であり、特に好ましくは、アルキル基である。
In addition, the aromatic heterocyclic residue may have a substituent. A monovalent substituent is mentioned as a substituent. Examples of the monovalent substituent (hereinafter referred to as R) include a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom), an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (for example, methyl and ethyl), a carbon number of 6 ~ 20 aryl groups (eg phenyl, naphthyl), cyano groups, carboxyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups (eg methoxycarbonyl), aryloxycarbonyl groups (eg phenoxycarbonyl), substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl groups (eg carbamoyl, N- Phenylcarbamoyl, N, N-dimethylcarbamoyl), alkylcarbonyl group (eg acetyl), arylcarbonyl group (eg benzoyl), nitro group, substituted or unsubstituted amino group (eg amino, dimethylamino, anilino), acylamino group ( For example, acetamide, ethoxy Rubonylamino), sulfonamide group (eg methanesulfonamide), imide group (eg succinimide, phthalimide), imino group (eg benzylideneamino), hydroxy group, alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (eg methoxy), aryloxy group (Eg phenoxy), acyloxy groups (eg acetoxy), alkylsulfonyloxy groups (eg methanesulfonyloxy), arylsulfonyloxy groups (eg benzenesulfonyloxy), sulfo groups, substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl groups (eg sulfamoyl, N- Phenylsulfamoyl), alkylthio group (eg methylthio), arylthio group (eg phenylthio), alkylsulfonyl group (eg methanesulfonyl), arylsulfonyl group (eg benze) Sulfonyl), and the like Hajime Tamaki having 6 to 20 carbon atoms (for example, pyridyl, morpholino). Further, the substituent may be further substituted, and when there are a plurality of substituents, they may be the same or different. In that case, the above-mentioned monovalent substituent R can be mentioned as an example of a substituent. Moreover, you may combine with substituents and may form a ring.
Preferred examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, and an aryl group. An alkyl group and an aryl group are more preferable, and an alkyl group is particularly preferable.
 Xa、Xb、Xc及びXdは、互いに独立してヘテロ原子を表す。ヘテロ原子としては例えば、ホウ素原子、窒素原子、酸素原子、ケイ素原子、リン原子、硫黄原子、セレン原子、テルル原子などを挙げることができる。ヘテロ原子として好ましくは、窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子である。より好ましくは、窒素原子、酸素原子である。また、Xa~Xdは置換基を有していても良い。置換基としては上述した1価の置換基Rの例が挙げられる。 X a , X b , X c and X d each independently represent a hetero atom. Examples of the hetero atom include a boron atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a silicon atom, a phosphorus atom, a sulfur atom, a selenium atom, and a tellurium atom. A hetero atom is preferably a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom. More preferably, they are a nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom. X a to X d may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the examples of the monovalent substituent R described above.
 Ya、Yb、Yc、Yd、Ye及びYfは、互いに独立してヘテロ原子または炭素原子を表す。Ya~Yfを構成する原子としては例えば、炭素原子、窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子などが挙げられる。Ya~Yfを構成する原子として好ましくは、炭素原子、窒素原子、酸素原子であり、より好ましくは、炭素原子、窒素原子である。さらに好ましくは、炭素原子であり、特に好ましくは、全て炭素原子を表す場合である。また、原子は置換されていても良く、置換基同士で結合して環を形成しても良く、さらに縮環していても良い。置換基としては上述した1価の置換基Rの例が挙げられる。Het1に結合している環は、任意の位置に二重結合を有していても良い。 Y a , Y b , Y c , Y d , Y e and Y f each independently represent a hetero atom or a carbon atom. Examples of the atoms constituting Y a to Y f include a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom. The atoms constituting Y a to Y f are preferably a carbon atom, a nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom, and more preferably a carbon atom and a nitrogen atom. More preferred is a carbon atom, and particularly preferred is a case where all represent a carbon atom. In addition, the atoms may be substituted, may be bonded with each other to form a ring, and may further be condensed. Examples of the substituent include the examples of the monovalent substituent R described above. The ring bonded to Het 1 may have a double bond at any position.
 前記のXa、Xb、Ya~Yc及び炭素原子によって形成される環並びにXc、Xd、Yd~Yf及び炭素原子によって形成される環(前記のHet1で表される芳香族ヘテロ環残基に結合している2つの環)の少なくとも一方は、縮環していることが好ましい。また、該2つの環の少なくとも一方はペリミジン環ではないことが好ましい。 The ring formed by X a , X b , Y a to Y c and a carbon atom, and the ring formed by X c , X d , Y d to Y f and a carbon atom (represented by Het 1 above) At least one of the two rings bonded to the aromatic heterocyclic residue is preferably condensed. Moreover, it is preferable that at least one of the two rings is not a perimidine ring.
 下記表1~6に、前記のXa、Xb、Ya~Yc及び炭素原子によって形成される環をA、前記のHet1で表される芳香族ヘテロ環残基をHet、前記のXc、Xd、Yd~Yf及び炭素原子によって形成される環をBとして、それぞれの具体例を示す。 In Tables 1 to 6 below, the ring formed by X a , X b , Y a to Y c and the carbon atom is A, the aromatic heterocyclic residue represented by Het 1 is Het, Specific examples of each ring are shown with B being a ring formed by X c , X d , Y d to Y f and a carbon atom.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000016
 前記一般式(1)で表される化合物は、前記一般式(2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。以下、前記一般式(2)で表される化合物について説明する。 The compound represented by the general formula (1) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (2). Hereinafter, the compound represented by the general formula (2) will be described.
 Het2は、前記一般式(1)のHet1と同義である。好ましい場合も同じである。 Het 2 has the same meaning as Het 1 in the general formula (1). The same applies to the preferred case.
 X2a、X2b、X2c及びX2dは、それぞれ前記一般式(1)のXa、Xb、Xc及びXdと同義であり、好ましい場合も同じである。X2a、X2b、X2c及びX2dはそれぞれ異なっていても良いが、X2a及びX2b、並びにX2c及びX2dの組は、それぞれ同じ組み合わせを表す場合がより好ましく、特に好ましくはX2a及びX2cが酸素原子、X2b及びX2dが窒素原子を表す場合である。 X 2a , X 2b , X 2c and X 2d are the same as X a , X b , X c and X d in the general formula (1), respectively, and are the same when preferred. X 2a , X 2b , X 2c and X 2d may be different from each other, but it is more preferable that X 2a and X 2b , and X 2c and X 2d each represent the same combination, particularly preferably X In this case, 2a and X 2c represent an oxygen atom, and X 2b and X 2d represent a nitrogen atom.
 Y2b、Y2c、Y2e及びY2fは、それぞれ前記一般式(1)のYb、Yc、Ye及びYfと同義である。好ましい場合も同じである。 Y 2b , Y 2c , Y 2e and Y 2f have the same meanings as Y b , Y c , Y e and Y f in the general formula (1), respectively. The same applies to the preferred case.
 L1及びL2は、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、硫黄原子または=NRaを表す(Raは、水素原子または1価の置換基を表す。置換基としては上述の1価の置換基Rの例が挙げられる。)好ましくは酸素原子、=NRaである。より好ましくは酸素原子である。L1及びL2はそれぞれ異なっていても良いが、同じであることが好ましい。中でもL1及びL2はいずれも酸素原子であることが特に好ましい。 L 1 and L 2 each independently represents an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or ═NR a (R a represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. The substituent is the above-described monovalent substituent R. The oxygen atom is preferably ═NR a . More preferred is an oxygen atom. L 1 and L 2 may be different from each other, but are preferably the same. Among these, it is particularly preferable that both L 1 and L 2 are oxygen atoms.
 Z1及びZ2はそれぞれ独立して、Y2b及びY2cまたはY2e及びY2fと一緒になって4~8員環を形成するのに必要な原子群を表す。これらの環は置換基を有していても良く、さらに縮環していても良い。形成する環として例えば、シクロヘキサン、シクロペンタンなどの脂肪族炭化水素環、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環などの芳香族炭化水素環、ピリジン、ピロール、ピリダジン、チオフェン、イミダゾール、フラン、ピラゾール、オキサゾール、トリアゾール、チアゾ-ルまたはこれらのベンゾ縮環体などのヘテロ環が挙げられる。好ましくは芳香族炭化水素環、ヘテロ環である。より好ましくは芳香族炭化水素環であり、特に好ましくはベンゼン環である。 Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represents an atomic group necessary for forming a 4- to 8-membered ring together with Y 2b and Y 2c or Y 2e and Y 2f . These rings may have a substituent and may further be condensed. Examples of the ring to be formed include aliphatic hydrocarbon rings such as cyclohexane and cyclopentane, aromatic hydrocarbon rings such as benzene ring and naphthalene ring, pyridine, pyrrole, pyridazine, thiophene, imidazole, furan, pyrazole, oxazole, triazole, thiazo Or heterocyclic rings such as benzo-condensed ring thereof. An aromatic hydrocarbon ring and a hetero ring are preferable. An aromatic hydrocarbon ring is more preferable, and a benzene ring is particularly preferable.
 さらに、前記一般式(2)で表される化合物は、前記一般式(3)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。以下、前記一般式(3)で表される化合物について説明する。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (2) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (3). Hereinafter, the compound represented by the general formula (3) will be described.
 Het3は、前記一般式(2)のHet2と同義である。好ましい場合も同じである。 Het 3 has the same meaning as Het 2 in the general formula (2). The same applies to the preferred case.
 X3a、X3b、X3c及びX3dは、それぞれ前記一般式(2)のX2a、X2b、X2c及びX2dと同義であり、好ましい場合も同じである。X3a、X3b、X3c及びX3dはそれぞれ異なっていても良いが、X3a及びX3b、並びにX3c及びX3dの組は、それぞれ同じ組み合わせを表す場合がより好ましく、特に好ましくはX3a及びX3cが酸素原子、X3b及びX3dが窒素原子を表す場合である。 X 3a , X 3b , X 3c and X 3d have the same meanings as X 2a , X 2b , X 2c and X 2d in the general formula (2), respectively, and are the same when preferred. X 3a , X 3b , X 3c and X 3d may be different from each other, but it is more preferable that X 3a and X 3b , and X 3c and X 3d each represent the same combination, particularly preferably X In this case, 3a and X 3c represent an oxygen atom, and X 3b and X 3d represent a nitrogen atom.
 R3a、R3b、R3c、R3d、R3e、R3f、R3g及びR3hは互いに独立して、水素原子または1価の置換基を表す。置換基としては上述の1価の置換基Rの例を挙げることができる。R3a~R3d及びR3e~R3hのうち任意の2つの置換基は互いに結合して環を形成しても良く、さらに縮環していても良い。R3a~R3hとして好ましくは、水素原子、炭素数10以下のアルキル基、炭素数10以下のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基であり、より好ましくは、水素原子、炭素数10以下のアルコキシ基である。さらに好ましくは、水素原子であり、特に好ましくは、R3a~R3hの全てが水素原子を表す場合である。 R 3a , R 3b , R 3c , R 3d , R 3e , R 3f , R 3g and R 3h each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. Examples of the substituent include the examples of the monovalent substituent R described above. Any two substituents of R 3a to R 3d and R 3e to R 3h may be bonded to each other to form a ring, and may further be condensed. R 3a to R 3h are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 10 or less carbon atoms, or a hydroxy group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkoxy group having 10 or less carbon atoms. More preferred is a hydrogen atom, and particularly preferred is a case where all of R 3a to R 3h represent a hydrogen atom.
 さらに、前記一般式(3)で表される化合物は、前記一般式(4)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。以下、前記一般式(4)で表される化合物について説明する。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (3) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (4). Hereinafter, the compound represented by the general formula (4) will be described.
 Het4は、前記一般式(3)のHet3と同義である。好ましい場合も同じである。 Het 4 has the same meaning as Het 3 in the general formula (3). The same applies to the preferred case.
 R4a、R4b、R4c、R4d、R4e、R4f、R4g及びR4hは、それぞれ前記一般式(3)のR3a、R3b、R3c、R3d、R3e、R3f、R3g及びR3hと同義である。好ましい場合も同じである。 R 4a , R 4b , R 4c , R 4d , R 4e , R 4f , R 4g and R 4h are R 3a , R 3b , R 3c , R 3d , R 3e , R 3f in the general formula (3), respectively. , R 3g and R 3h . The same applies to the preferred case.
 さらに、前記一般式(4)で表される化合物は、前記一般式(5)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。以下、前記一般式(5)で表される化合物について説明する。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (4) is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (5). Hereinafter, the compound represented by the general formula (5) will be described.
 Het5は、前記一般式(4)のHet4と同義である。好ましい場合も同じである。 Het 5 has the same meaning as Het 4 in the general formula (4). The same applies to the preferred case.
 R5a、R5b、R5c、R5d、R5e、R5f、R5g及びR5hは、それぞれ前記一般式(4)のR4a、R4b、R4c、R4d、R4e、R4f、R4g及びR4hと同義である。好ましい場合も同じである。 R 5a , R 5b , R 5c , R 5d , R 5e , R 5f , R 5g and R 5h are R 4a , R 4b , R 4c , R 4d , R 4e , R 4f in the general formula (4), respectively. , R 4g and R 4h . The same applies to the preferred case.
 R5i及びR5jは互いに独立して、水素原子または1価の置換基を表す。1価の置換基としては上述の1価の置換基Rの例を挙げることができる。R5i及びR5jは互いに結合して環を形成しても良く、さらに縮環していても良い。R5i及びR5jとして好ましくは、水素原子、炭素数10以下のアルキル基、炭素数10以下のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基であり、より好ましくは、水素原子、炭素数10以下のアルコキシ基である。さらに好ましくは、水素原子であり、特に好ましくは、R5i及びR5jが共に水素原子を表す場合である。 R 5i and R 5j each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. Examples of the monovalent substituent include the examples of the monovalent substituent R described above. R 5i and R 5j may be bonded to each other to form a ring or may be further condensed. R 5i and R 5j are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 10 or less carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 10 or less carbon atoms, and a hydroxy group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom and an alkoxy group having 10 or less carbon atoms. More preferred is a hydrogen atom, and particularly preferred is a case where R 5i and R 5j both represent a hydrogen atom.
 前記一般式(1)~(5)のいずれかで表される化合物は、任意の方法で合成することができる。例えば、公知の特許文献や非特許文献、例えば特開2000-264879号公報の4ページ左43行目~右8行目の実施例、特開2003-155375の4ページ右欄5行目~30行目の実施例、「Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry」,2000年,8巻,2095-2103ページ、「Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters」,2003年,13巻,4077-4080ページなどを参考にして合成できる。例えば、例示化合物(15)は3,5-ピラゾールジカルボニルジクロリドとアントラニル酸とを反応させることにより合成できる。また、例示化合物(32)は2,5-チオフェンジカルボニルジクロリドと4,5-ジメトキアントラニル酸とを反応させることにより合成できる。 The compound represented by any one of the general formulas (1) to (5) can be synthesized by any method. For example, publicly known patent documents and non-patent documents, for example, the example of page 4 left 43rd line to right 8th line of JP-A-2000-264879, page 4 right column 5th line 30 to 30 of JP-A-2003-155375. It can be synthesized with reference to the example of the line, “Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry”, 2000, Vol. 8, pp. 2095-2103, “Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters”, 2003, Vol. 13, pages 4077-4080. For example, Exemplified Compound (15) can be synthesized by reacting 3,5-pyrazole dicarbonyl dichloride with anthranilic acid. The exemplified compound (32) can be synthesized by reacting 2,5-thiophene dicarbonyl dichloride with 4,5-dimethoxyanthranilic acid.
 前記一般式(1)~(5)のいずれかで表される化合物の具体例を以下に示すが、本発明はこれに限定されない。 Specific examples of the compound represented by any one of the general formulas (1) to (5) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 前記一般式(1)~(5)のいずれかで表される化合物は、構造とその置かれた環境によって互変異性体を取り得る。本発明においては代表的な形の一つで記述しているが、本発明の記述と異なる互変異性体も本発明に用いられる化合物に含まれる。 The compound represented by any one of the general formulas (1) to (5) can take a tautomer depending on the structure and the environment in which the compound is placed. Although the present invention is described in one of representative forms, tautomers different from those described in the present invention are also included in the compounds used in the present invention.
 前記一般式(1)~(5)のいずれかで表される化合物は、同位元素(例えば、2H、3H、13C、15N、17O、18Oなど)を含有していてもよい。 The compound represented by any one of the general formulas (1) to (5) may contain an isotope (for example, 2 H, 3 H, 13 C, 15 N, 17 O, 18 O, etc.). Good.
 前記一般式(1)~(5)のいずれかで表される化合物の構造を繰り返し単位内に含むポリマーも、本発明に好適に使用できる。ポリマーは、ホモポリマーであってもよいし、2種類以上の繰り返し単位からなるコポリマーであってもよい。さらに他の繰り返し単位を含むコポリマーであってもよい。なお、紫外線吸収剤構造を繰り返し単位内に含むポリマーについては、特公平1-53455号、特開昭61-189530号の各公報および欧州特許第27242号明細書に記載がある。ポリマーを得る方法についてはこれら特許文献の記述を参考にすることができる。 A polymer containing the structure of the compound represented by any one of the general formulas (1) to (5) in the repeating unit can also be suitably used in the present invention. The polymer may be a homopolymer or a copolymer composed of two or more types of repeating units. Further, it may be a copolymer containing other repeating units. Incidentally, the polymer containing the ultraviolet absorber structure in the repeating unit is described in JP-B-1-53455, JP-A-61-189530, and European Patent No. 27242. The description of these patent documents can be referred to for the method of obtaining the polymer.
 次に、紫外線吸収剤(B)について詳細に説明する。紫外線吸収剤(B)は、極大吸収波長が360nm未満である紫外線吸収剤である。好ましくは355nm以下であり、更に好ましくは350nm以下である。 Next, the ultraviolet absorber (B) will be described in detail. The ultraviolet absorber (B) is an ultraviolet absorber having a maximum absorption wavelength of less than 360 nm. Preferably it is 355 nm or less, More preferably, it is 350 nm or less.
 紫外線吸収剤(B)としては、極大吸収波長が360nm未満であるという条件を満たすものであればいずれの構造であってもよい。例えば、紫外線吸収剤の構造として知られているベンゾトリアゾール系、トリアジン系、ベンゾフェノン系、メロシアニン系、シアニン系、ジベンゾイルメタン系、桂皮酸系、アクリレート系、安息香酸エステル系シュウ酸ジアミド系、ホルムアミジン系、ベンゾオキサジノン系などの化合物が挙げられる。これらのうち、ベンゾトリアゾール系、トリアジン系、ベンゾフェノン系、ジベンゾイルメタン系、ホルムアミジン系、ベンゾオキサジノン系の化合物が好ましく、ベンゾトリアゾール系、トリアジン系、ベンゾフェノン系、ベンゾオキサジノン系の化合物が更に好ましい。最も好ましくはベンゾオキサジノン系の化合物である。これらの紫外線吸収剤は、例えばファインケミカル、2004年5月号、28~38ページ、東レリサーチセンター調査研究部門発行「高分子用機能性添加剤の新展開」(東レリサーチセンター、1999年)96~140ページ、大勝靖一監修「高分子添加剤の開発と環境対策」(シーエムシー出版、2003年)54~64ページ、(株)技術情報協会発行「高分子の劣化・変色メカニズムとその安定化技術-ノウハウ集-」(技術情報協会、2006年)などに記載されている。 The ultraviolet absorber (B) may have any structure as long as it satisfies the condition that the maximum absorption wavelength is less than 360 nm. For example, benzotriazole, triazine, benzophenone, merocyanine, cyanine, dibenzoylmethane, cinnamic acid, acrylate, benzoate oxalate diamide, form, known as UV absorber structure Examples include amidine-based compounds and benzoxazinone-based compounds. Of these, benzotriazole, triazine, benzophenone, dibenzoylmethane, formamidine, and benzoxazinone compounds are preferred, and benzotriazole, triazine, benzophenone, and benzoxazinone compounds are further preferred. preferable. Most preferred are benzoxazinone compounds. These UV absorbers are, for example, Fine Chemical, May 2004, pages 28-38, published by Toray Research Center, Research Division, “New Development of Functional Additives for Polymers” (Toray Research Center, 1999) 96- 140 pages, supervised by Shinichi Daikatsu, “Development of Polymer Additives and Environmental Measures” (CMC Publishing Co., Ltd., 2003), pages 54-64, published by Technical Information Association, “Polymer degradation / discoloration mechanism and its stabilization "Technology-Know-how" (Technical Information Association, 2006).
 前記ベンゾトリアゾール系化合物としては、その極大吸収波長が360nm未満で、下記一般式(IIa)又は(IIb)のいずれかで表される化合物が好ましい。(IIa)及び(IIb)について詳述する。 The benzotriazole-based compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength of less than 360 nm and represented by any of the following general formulas (IIa) or (IIb). (IIa) and (IIb) will be described in detail.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
〔前記一般式(IIa)中、
 R11は、水素原子、置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、置換もしくは無置換のシクロアルキル基、又は置換もしくは無置換のアリール基を表す。
 R12は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、又は置換もしくは無置換のアリール基を表す。
 R13は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、置換もしくは無置換のアルコキシ基、又は-COOR14基(ここで、R14は、水素原子、置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、又は置換もしくは無置換のアリール基である。)を表す。〕
[In the general formula (IIa),
R 11 represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
R 12 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, or a —COOR 14 group (wherein R 14 represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, Or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. ]
〔前記一般式(IIb)中、
 Tは、水素原子、又は置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基を表す。
 T1は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、置換もしくは無置換のアリール基、又は置換もしくは無置換のアルコキシ基を表す。
 Lは2価の連結基または単結合を表し、mは0又は1を表す。
 nは1~4の整数を表す。nが1のときT2は、ハロゲン原子、置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、又は置換もしくは無置換のアリール基を表す。また、nが2のときT2は2価の置換基を表し、nが3のときT2は3価の置換基を表し、nが4のときT2は4価の置換基を表す。〕
[In the general formula (IIb),
T represents a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group.
T 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group.
L represents a divalent linking group or a single bond, and m represents 0 or 1.
n represents an integer of 1 to 4. When n is 1, T 2 represents a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. When n is 2, T 2 represents a divalent substituent, when n is 3, T 2 represents a trivalent substituent, and when n is 4, T 2 represents a tetravalent substituent. ]
(一般式(IIa))
 R11は、水素原子、置換もしくは無置換のアルキル、置換もしくは無置換のシクロアルキル、又は置換もしくは無置換のアリール基を表す。
 R11として好ましくは、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換アルキル基、炭素数5~18の置換もしくは無置換シクロアルキル基、又は炭素数6~24の置換もしくは無置換アリール基である。R11として特に好ましくは、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換アルキル基、又は炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換アルキル基である。
(General formula (IIa))
R 11 represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
R 11 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 5 to 18 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms. R 11 is particularly preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
 置換アルキル基、置換シクロアルキル基、置換アリール基は任意の位置に1価の置換基を有しているアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基を表し、1価の置換基の例としては、ハロゲン原子(例えばフッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子)、炭素数1~20(好ましくは1~10)の直鎖又は分岐のアルキル基(例えばメチル、エチル)、炭素数6~20(好ましくは6~10)のアリール基(例えばフェニル、ナフチル)、シアノ基、カルボキシル基、炭素数1~20(好ましくは1~10)のアルコキシカルボニル基(例えばメトキシカルボニル)、炭素数6~20(好ましくは6~10)のアリールオキシカルボニル基(例えばフェノキシカルボニル)、炭素数0~20(好ましくは0~10)の置換又は無置換のカルバモイル基(例えばカルバモイル、N-フェニルカルバモイル、N,N-ジメチルカルバモイル)、炭素数1~20(好ましくは1~10)のアルキルカルボニル基(例えばアセチル)、炭素数6~20(好ましくは6~10)のアリールカルボニル基(例えばベンゾイル)、ニトロ基、炭素数0~20(好ましくは0~10)の置換または無置換のアミノ基(例えばアミノ、ジメチルアミノ、アニリノ)、炭素数1~20(好ましくは1~10)のアシルアミノ基(例えばアセトアミド、エトキシカルボニルアミノ)、 A substituted alkyl group, a substituted cycloalkyl group, and a substituted aryl group represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group having a monovalent substituent at any position. Examples of monovalent substituents include halogen An atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom), a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10) (for example, methyl or ethyl), a carbon number of 6 to 20 (preferably Is an aryl group having 6 to 10) (eg phenyl, naphthyl), cyano group, carboxyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10) (eg methoxycarbonyl), 6 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably Is a 6-10) aryloxycarbonyl group (for example, phenoxycarbonyl), a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 0 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 0 to 10). Vamoyl group (for example, carbamoyl, N-phenylcarbamoyl, N, N-dimethylcarbamoyl), alkylcarbonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10) (for example, acetyl), 6 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 6 to 6 carbon atoms) 10) an arylcarbonyl group (for example, benzoyl), a nitro group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group (for example, amino, dimethylamino, anilino) having 0 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 0 to 10), a carbon number of 1 to 20 ( Preferably 1-10) acylamino groups (eg acetamide, ethoxycarbonylamino),
炭素数0~20(好ましくは0~10)のスルホンアミド基(例えばメタンスルホンアミド)、炭素数2~20(好ましくは2~10)のイミド基(例えばスクシンイミド、フタルイミド)、炭素数1~20(好ましくは1~10)のイミノ基(例えばベンジリデンアミノ)、ヒドロキシ基、炭素数1~20(好ましくは1~10)のアルコキシ基(例えばメトキシ)、炭素数6~20(好ましくは6~10)のアリールオキシ基(例えばフェノキシ)、炭素数1~20(好ましくは1~10)のアシルオキシ基(例えばアセトキシ)、炭素数1~20(好ましくは1~10)のアルキルスルホニルオキシ基(例えばメタンスルホニルオキシ)、炭素数6~20(好ましくは6~10)のアリールスルホニルオキシ基(例えばベンゼンスルホニルオキシ)、スルホ基、炭素数0~20(好ましくは0~10)の置換または無置換のスルファモイル基(例えばスルファモイル、N-フェニルスルファモイル)、炭素数1~20(好ましくは1~10)のアルキルチオ基(例えばメチルチオ)、炭素数6~20(好ましくは6~10)のアリールチオ基(例えばフェニルチオ)、炭素数1~20(好ましくは1~10)のアルキルスルホニル基(例えばメタンスルホニル)、炭素数6~20(好ましくは6~10)のアリールスルホニル基(例えばベンゼンスルホニル)、4~7員環(好ましくは5~6員環)のヘテロ環基(例えばピリジル、モルホリノ)などを挙げることができる。 C 0-20 (preferably 0-10) sulfonamide group (eg methanesulfonamide), C 2-20 (preferably 2-10) imide group (eg succinimide, phthalimide), C 1-20 (Preferably 1 to 10) imino group (eg benzylideneamino), hydroxy group, alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10) (eg methoxy), 6 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms) ), An aryloxy group (eg phenoxy), an acyloxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10) (eg acetoxy), an alkylsulfonyloxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10) (eg methane) Sulfonyloxy), arylsulfonyloxy groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 6 to 10 carbon atoms) such as benzenesulfo Ruoxy), a sulfo group, a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl group having 0 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 0 to 10) (for example, sulfamoyl, N-phenylsulfamoyl), 1 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 10) An alkylthio group (for example, methylthio), an arylthio group having 6 to 20 (preferably 6 to 10) carbon atoms (for example, phenylthio), an alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 20 (preferably 1 to 10) carbon atoms (for example, methanesulfonyl), Examples include arylsulfonyl groups having 6 to 20 carbon atoms (preferably 6 to 10) (for example, benzenesulfonyl), heterocyclic groups having 4 to 7 members (preferably 5 to 6 members), such as pyridyl and morpholino. Can do.
 R12は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、又は置換もしくは無置換のアリール基を表す。R12として好ましくは、水素原子、塩素原子、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換アルキル基、炭素数5~18の置換もしくは無置換シクロアルキル基、又は炭素数6~24の置換もしくは無置換アリール基である。R12として特に好ましくは、水素原子、塩素原子、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換アルキル基、又は炭素数6~24の置換もしくは無置換アリール基である。 R 12 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. R 12 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 5 to 18 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms. An aryl group. R 12 is particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms.
 R13は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、置換もしくは無置換のアルコキシ基、又は-COOR14基(ここで、R14は、水素原子、置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、又は置換もしくは無置換のアリール基である。)を表す。R13として好ましくは、水素原子、塩素原子、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換アルキル基、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換アルコキシ基、又は-COOR14基(ここで、R14は、水素原子、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、又は炭素数6~24の置換もしくは無置換のアリール基である。)である。 R 13 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, or a —COOR 14 group (wherein R 14 represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, Or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. R 13 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a —COOR 14 group (where R 14 represents A hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms.
 R11、R12は、ベンゼン環に置換していればいずれの位置でも構わないが、ヒドロキシル基の2位および4位に置換していることが好ましい。 R 11 and R 12 may be in any position as long as they are substituted on the benzene ring, but are preferably substituted on the 2-position and 4-position of the hydroxyl group.
(一般式(IIb))
 Tは、水素原子、又は置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基を表す。Tとして好ましくは、水素原子、又は炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換アルキル基である。
 T1は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、置換もしくは無置換のアリール基、又は置換もしくは無置換のアルコキシ基を表す。T1として好ましくは、水素原子、塩素原子、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、炭素数6~24のアリール基、又は炭素数1~18のアルコキシ基である。
(General formula (IIb))
T represents a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group. T is preferably a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
T 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group. T 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms.
 -L-は2価の連結基または単結合を表し、mは0又は1を表す。
 mが0のときは、T2がLを介さずに直接ベンゼン環と結合しているとき、即ち-L-が単なる結合を表しているときを表す。
 2価の連結基-L-について説明する。-L-は下記一般式(a)で表される2価の置換基である。
 一般式(a)
   -(L1)m1-(L2)m2-(L3)m3-(L4)m4-(L5)m5
-L- represents a divalent linking group or a single bond, and m represents 0 or 1.
When m is 0, it represents the case where T 2 is directly bonded to the benzene ring without passing through L, that is, the case where -L- represents a simple bond.
The divalent linking group -L- will be described. -L- is a divalent substituent represented by the following general formula (a).
Formula (a)
-(L 1 ) m1- (L 2 ) m2- (L 3 ) m3- (L 4 ) m4- (L 5 ) m5-
 一般式(a)中、m1~m5は0~2の整数を表す。
 L1~L5は各々独立して、-CO-、-O-、-SO2-、-SO-、-NRL-、置換もしくは無置換の2価のアルキル基、置換もしくは無置換の2価のアルケニル基、又は置換もしくは無置換の2価のアリール基を表す。RLは水素原子、置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、又は置換もしくは無置換のアリール基を表す。
In the general formula (a), m1 to m5 represent an integer of 0 to 2.
L 1 to L 5 are each independently —CO—, —O—, —SO 2 —, —SO—, —NR L —, a substituted or unsubstituted divalent alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted 2 Represents a valent alkenyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent aryl group. R L represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
 RLの具体例としては、例えば、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ヘキシル基、オクチル基、フェニル基、ナフチル基などが挙げられる。アルキル基上およびアリール基上の任意の位置に1価の置換基を有していてもよい。1価の置換基としては上述した1価の置換基の例が挙げられる。RLとして好ましくは、炭素数3~20の置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、又は炭素数6~14の置換もしくは無置換のアリール基である。より好ましくは炭素数6~12の置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、又は炭素数6~10の置換もしくは無置換のアリール基である。 Specific examples of RL include a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group, a phenyl group, and a naphthyl group. A monovalent substituent may be present at any position on the alkyl group and the aryl group. Examples of the monovalent substituent include the examples of the monovalent substituent described above. R L is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms. More preferred is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
 即ち2価の置換基-L-としては、-O-CO-C24-CO-O-、-O-CO-C36-、-NH-CO-C36-CO-NH-、-NH-CO-C48-、-CH2-、-C24-、-C36-、-C48-、-C510-、-C816-、-C48-CO-O-、-C64-C64-、-NH-SO2-C36-等が好ましい。 That is, as the divalent substituent —L—, —O—CO—C 2 H 4 —CO—O—, —O—CO—C 3 H 6 —, —NH—CO—C 3 H 6 —CO— NH—, —NH—CO—C 4 H 8 —, —CH 2 —, —C 2 H 4 —, —C 3 H 6 —, —C 4 H 8 —, —C 5 H 10 —, —C 8 H 16 —, —C 4 H 8 —CO—O—, —C 6 H 4 —C 6 H 4 —, —NH—SO 2 —C 3 H 6 — and the like are preferable.
 前記一般式(IIb)中、nは1~4の整数を表す。
 nが1のときT2は、ハロゲン原子、置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、又は置換もしくは無置換のアリール基を表す。nが1のときT2として好ましくは、塩素原子、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、又は炭素数6~24の置換もしくは無置換のアリール基である。
In the general formula (IIb), n represents an integer of 1 to 4.
When n is 1, T 2 represents a halogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. When n is 1, T 2 is preferably a chlorine atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms.
 nが2のときT2は、2価の置換基を表す。nが2のときT2の具体例としては、上記の2価の置換基-L-の例が挙げられる。nが2のときT2として好ましくは、-CH2-、-O-CO-C24-CO-O-、-NH-CO-C36-CO-NH-である。 When n is 2, T 2 represents a divalent substituent. Specific examples of T 2 when n is 2 include the above divalent substituent —L—. When n is 2, T 2 is preferably —CH 2 —, —O—CO—C 2 H 4 —CO—O—, —NH—CO—C 3 H 6 —CO—NH—.
 nが3のときT2は3価の置換基を表す。3価の置換基について説明する。3価の置換基は3価のアルキル基、3価のアリール基、又は下記一般式
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
で表される置換基である。
 3価の置換基のうち、好ましくは炭素数1~8の3価のアルキル基、炭素数6~14の3価のアリール基、又は下記一般式、
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
で表される置換基である。
When n is 3, T 2 represents a trivalent substituent. The trivalent substituent will be described. The trivalent substituent is a trivalent alkyl group, a trivalent aryl group, or the following general formula
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
It is a substituent represented by these.
Among the trivalent substituents, preferably a trivalent alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a trivalent aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, or the following general formula:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
It is a substituent represented by these.
 nが4のときT2は4価の置換基を表す。4価の置換基について説明する。4価の置換基は4価のアルキル基、4価のアリール基で表される置換基である。4価の置換基のうち好ましくは、炭素数1~8の4価のアルキル基、炭素数6~14の4価のアリールである。 When n is 4, T 2 represents a tetravalent substituent. The tetravalent substituent will be described. The tetravalent substituent is a substituent represented by a tetravalent alkyl group or a tetravalent aryl group. Of the tetravalent substituents, a tetravalent alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and a tetravalent aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms are preferable.
 一般式(IIb)において、nが1又は2のときが特に好ましい。
 即ち、一般式(IIb)の好ましい組み合わせとしては、
 nが1のとき、Tが水素原子、又は炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換アルキル基であり、T1が水素原子、塩素原子、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、炭素数6~24のアリール基、又は炭素数1~18のアルコキシ基であり、Lが-O-CO-C36-、-CH2-、-C36-、-C510-、-C816-、-NH-CO-C48-又は単なる結合であり、T2が塩素原子、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、又は炭素数6~24の置換もしくは無置換のアリール基である組合せである。
 また、nが2のとき、Tが水素原子、又は炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換アルキル基であり、T1が水素原子、塩素原子、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、炭素数6~24のアリール基、又は炭素数1~18のアルコキシ基であり、Lが-CH2-又は単なる結合であり、T2が、-CH2-、-O-CO-C24-CO-O-、又は-NH-CO-C36-CO-NH-である組合せである。
 また、nが2のとき、mが0であり、Tが水素原子、又は炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換アルキル基であり、T1が水素原子、塩素原子、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、炭素数6~24のアリール基、又は炭素数1~18のアルコキシ基であり、T2が、-CH2-、-O-CO-C24-CO-O-、又は-NH-CO-C36-CO-NH-である組合せも好ましい。
In general formula (IIb), it is particularly preferred that n is 1 or 2.
That is, as a preferable combination of the general formula (IIb),
when n is 1, T is a hydrogen atom, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, T 1 is a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, An aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and L is —O—CO—C 3 H 6 —, —CH 2 —, —C 3 H 6 —, —C 5 H 10 —, —C 8 H 16 —, —NH—CO—C 4 H 8 — or a simple bond, and T 2 is a chlorine atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or 6 carbon atoms Combinations of ˜24 substituted or unsubstituted aryl groups.
When n is 2, T is a hydrogen atom, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and T 1 is a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. Group, an aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, L is —CH 2 — or a simple bond, and T 2 is —CH 2 —, —O—CO—C. 2 H 4 —CO—O—, or —NH—CO—C 3 H 6 —CO—NH—.
When n is 2, m is 0, T is a hydrogen atom, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and T 1 is a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, or a carbon atom having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, an aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, or an alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and T 2 is —CH 2 —, —O—CO—C 2 H 4 —CO—. Also preferred are combinations that are O— or —NH—CO—C 3 H 6 —CO—NH—.
 前記一般式(IIa)又は(IIb)で表される化合物の代表例としては、2-(2’-ヒドロキシ-5’-メチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2’-ヒドロキシ-5’-t-ブチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2’-ヒドロキシ-3’-t-ブチル-5’-メチルフェニル)-5-クロロベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2’-ヒドロキシ-3’,5’-ジ-t-ブチルフェニル)-5-クロロベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2’-ヒドロキシ-3’-ドデシル-5’-メチルフェニル)-5-クロロベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2’-ヒドロキシ-3’,5’-ジ-t-アミルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2’-ヒドロキシ-5’-(1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル)フェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2’-ヒドロキシ-4’-オクチルオキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(2’-ヒドロキシ-3’-(3,4,5,6-テトラヒドロフタルイミジルメチル)-5’-メチルベンジル)フェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3’-sec-ブチル-5’-t-ブチル-2’-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3’,5’-ビス-(α,α-ジメチルベンジル)-2’-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3’-t-ブチル-2’-ヒドロキシ-5’-(2-オクチルオキシカルボニルエチル)フェニル)-5-クロロ-ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3’-t-ブチル-5’-[2-(2-エチルヘキシルオキシ)-カルボニルエチル]-2’-ヒドロキシフェニル)-5-クロロ-ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3’-t-ブチル-2’-ヒドロキシ-5’-(2-メトキシカルボニルエチル)フェニル)-5-クロロ-ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3’-t-ブチル-2’-ヒドロキシ-5’-(2-メトキシカルボニルエチル)フェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3’-t-ブチル-2’-ヒドロキシ-5’-(2-オクチルオキシカルボニルエチル)フェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3’-t-ブチル-5’-[2-(2-エチルヘキシルオキシ)カルボニルエチル]-2’-ヒドロキシフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3’-ドデシル-2’-ヒドロキシ-5’-メチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール、2-(3’-t-ブチル-2’-ヒドロキシ-5’-(2-イソオクチルオキシカルボニルエチル)フェニルベンゾトリアゾール、2,2’-メチレン-ビス[4-(1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル)-6-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イルフェノール]、2-[3’-t-ブチル-5’-(2-メトキシカルボニルエチル)-2’-ヒドロキシフェニル]-2H-ベンゾトリアゾールとポリエチレングリコール300とのエステル交換生成物;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
(式中、R=3’-tert-ブチル-4’-ヒドロキシ-5’-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イルフェニル、2-[2’-ヒドロキシ-3’-(α,α-ジメチルベンジル)-5’-(1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル)-フェニル]ベンゾトリアゾール;2-[2’-ヒドロキシ-3’-(1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル)-5’-(α,α-ジメチルベンジル)-フェニル]ベンゾトリアゾール等を挙げることができる。
Representative examples of the compound represented by the general formula (IIa) or (IIb) include 2- (2′-hydroxy-5′-methylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (2′-hydroxy-5′-t -Butylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-3'-tert-butyl-5'-methylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-3 ', 5'-di -T-butylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-3'-dodecyl-5'-methylphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-3 ', 5'-di-t-amylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy-5 '-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) phenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (2'-hydroxy- 4'-Ok Ruoxyphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (2′-hydroxy-3 ′-(3,4,5,6-tetrahydrophthalimidylmethyl) -5′-methylbenzyl) phenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (3 ′ -Sec-butyl-5'-t-butyl-2'-hydroxyphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (3 ', 5'-bis- (α, α-dimethylbenzyl) -2'-hydroxyphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (3′-tert-butyl-2′-hydroxy-5 ′-(2-octyloxycarbonylethyl) phenyl) -5-chloro-benzotriazole, 2- (3′-tert-butyl-5 ′-[ 2- (2-Ethylhexyloxy) -carbonylethyl] -2'-hydroxyphenyl) -5-chloro-benzotriazole, 2- (3'-tert-butyl-2'-hydroxy-5'- 2-methoxycarbonylethyl) phenyl) -5-chloro-benzotriazole, 2- (3′-t-butyl-2′-hydroxy-5 ′-(2-methoxycarbonylethyl) phenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (3 '-T-butyl-2'-hydroxy-5'-(2-octyloxycarbonylethyl) phenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (3'-t-butyl-5 '-[2- (2-ethylhexyloxy) carbonyl] Ethyl] -2'-hydroxyphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (3'-dodecyl-2'-hydroxy-5'-methylphenyl) benzotriazole, 2- (3'-t-butyl-2'-hydroxy-5) '-(2-Isooctyloxycarbonylethyl) phenylbenzotriazole, 2,2'-methylene-bis [4- (1,1,3,3-tetramethyl Rubutyl) -6-benzotriazol-2-ylphenol], 2- [3′-t-butyl-5 ′-(2-methoxycarbonylethyl) -2′-hydroxyphenyl] -2H-benzotriazole and polyethylene glycol 300 Transesterification product with
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Wherein R = 3′-tert-butyl-4′-hydroxy-5′-2H-benzotriazol-2-ylphenyl, 2- [2′-hydroxy-3 ′-(α, α-dimethylbenzyl) -5 '-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) -phenyl] benzotriazole; 2- [2'-hydroxy-3'-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl) -5 ' -(Α, α-dimethylbenzyl) -phenyl] benzotriazole and the like.
 前記トリアジン系化合物としては、その極大吸収波長が360nm未満で、下記一般式(III)で表される化合物が好ましい。 The triazine compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength of less than 360 nm and represented by the following general formula (III).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
[前記一般式(III)中、
 置換基Y1は、互いに独立して、水素原子、ヒドロキシル基、置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、置換もしくは無置換のアリール基、又は置換もしくは無置換のアルコキシ基である。Lfは2価の連結基または単結合を表す。
 uは1又は2であり、vは0又は1であり、そしてrは1~3の整数であり、
 uが1のときY2は、水素原子、置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、又は置換もしくは無置換のアリール基である。また、uが2のときY2は2価の置換基を表す。]
[In the general formula (III),
The substituent Y 1 is independently a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group. Lf represents a divalent linking group or a single bond.
u is 1 or 2, v is 0 or 1, and r is an integer from 1 to 3,
When u is 1, Y 2 is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. When u is 2, Y 2 represents a divalent substituent. ]
 Y1は、互いに独立して、水素原子、ヒドロキシル基、置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、置換もしくは無置換のアリール基、又は置換もしくは無置換のアルコキシ基を表す。Y1として好ましくは、水素原子、ヒドロキシル基、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、炭素数6~24の置換もしくは無置換のアリール基、又は炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換のアルコキシ基である。 Y 1 represents, independently of each other, a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group. Y 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms. It is a substituted alkoxy group.
 Lfは2価の連結基または単なる結合を表す。uは1又は2を表す。rは1~3の整数を表す。vは0又は1であり、vが0のときLfは単なる結合を表す。
 2価の連結基-Lf-について説明する。2価の置換基Lfは、下記一般式(b)で表される2価の置換基である。
 一般式(b)
   -(Lf1)mf1-(Lf2)mf2-(Lf3)mf3-(Lf4)mf4-(Lf5)mf5
Lf represents a divalent linking group or a simple bond. u represents 1 or 2; r represents an integer of 1 to 3. v is 0 or 1, and when v is 0, Lf represents a simple bond.
The divalent linking group -Lf- will be described. The divalent substituent Lf is a divalent substituent represented by the following general formula (b).
General formula (b)
− (Lf 1 ) mf1 − (Lf 2 ) mf2 − (Lf 3 ) mf3 − (Lf 4 ) mf4 − (Lf 5 ) mf5
 一般式(b)中、mf1~mf5は0~2の整数を表す。
 Lf1~Lf5は各々独立して、-CO-、-O-、-SO2-、-SO-、-NRfL-、2価の置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、2価の置換もしくは無置換のアルケニル基、又は2価の置換もしくは無置換のアリール基を表す。RfLは水素原子、置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、又は置換もしくは無置換のアリール基を表す。
In the general formula (b), mf1 to mf5 represent an integer of 0 to 2.
Lf 1 to Lf 5 are each independently —CO—, —O—, —SO 2 —, —SO—, —NRf L —, a divalent substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, divalent substituted or unsubstituted. It represents a substituted alkenyl group or a divalent substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. Rf L represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
 RfLの具体例としては、例えば、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ヘキシル基、オクチル基、フェニル基、ナフチル基などが挙げられる。アルキル基上およびアリール基上の任意の位置に1価の置換基を有していてもよい。1価の置換基としては上述した1価の置換基の例が挙げられる。RfLとして好ましくは、炭素数3~20の置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、又は炭素数6~14の置換もしくは無置換のアリール基である。より好ましくは炭素数6~12の置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、又は炭素数6~10の置換もしくは無置換のアリール基である。 Specific examples of Rf L include a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group, a phenyl group, and a naphthyl group. A monovalent substituent may be present at any position on the alkyl group and the aryl group. Examples of the monovalent substituent include the examples of the monovalent substituent described above. Rf L is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms. More preferred is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
 即ち2価の置換基-Lf-としては、-O-CO-C24-CO-O-、-O-CO-C36-、-NH-CO-C36-CO-NH-、-NH-CO-C48-、-CH2-、-C24-、-C36-、-C48-、-C510-、-C816-、-C48-CO-O-、-C64-C64-、-NH-SO2-C36-等が好ましい。 That is, as the divalent substituent —Lf—, —O—CO—C 2 H 4 —CO—O—, —O—CO—C 3 H 6 —, —NH—CO—C 3 H 6 —CO— NH—, —NH—CO—C 4 H 8 —, —CH 2 —, —C 2 H 4 —, —C 3 H 6 —, —C 4 H 8 —, —C 5 H 10 —, —C 8 H 16 —, —C 4 H 8 —CO—O—, —C 6 H 4 —C 6 H 4 —, —NH—SO 2 —C 3 H 6 — and the like are preferable.
 uが1のときY2は、水素原子、置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、又は置換もしくは無置換のアリール基である。uが1のときY2として好ましくは、水素原子、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換アルキル基、又は炭素数6~24の置換もしくは無置換アリール基である。 When u is 1, Y 2 is a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group. When u is 1, Y 2 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms.
 uが2のときY2は2価の置換基を表す。2価の置換基の例としては上記の2価の置換基-L-の例があげられる。Y2として好ましくは、置換もしくは無置換の2価のアルキル基、置換もしくは無置換の2価のアルケニル基、置換もしくは無置換の2価のアリール基、-CH2CH(OH)CH2-O-Y11-OCH2CH(OH)CH2、-CO-Y12-CO-、-CO-NH-Y13-NH-CO-、又は-(CH2)t-CO2-Y14-OCO-(CH2)tである。
 ただし、tは、1、2または3であり、
 Y11は、置換もしくは無置換のアルキレン、フェニレン、又は-フェニレン-M-フェニレン-(ここで、Mは、-O-、-S-、-SO2-、-CH2-または-C(CH3)2-である。)であり、
 Y12は、置換もしくは無置換の2価のアルキル基、置換もしくは無置換の2価のアルケニル基、又は置換もしくは無置換の2価のアリール基であり、
 Y13は、置換もしくは無置換の2価のアルキル基、又は置換もしくは無置換の2価のアリール基であり、そして
 Y14は、置換もしくは無置換の2価のアルキル基、又は置換もしくは無置換の2価のアリール基である。
When u is 2, Y 2 represents a divalent substituent. Examples of the divalent substituent include the above-mentioned divalent substituent —L—. Y 2 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted divalent alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted divalent alkenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted divalent aryl group, —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 —O. —Y 11 —OCH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 , —CO—Y 12 —CO—, —CO—NH—Y 13 —NH—CO—, or — (CH 2 ) t —CO 2 —Y 14 —OCO -(CH 2 ) t .
Where t is 1, 2 or 3;
Y 11 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkylene, phenylene, or -phenylene-M-phenylene- (where M is —O—, —S—, —SO 2 —, —CH 2 — or —C (CH 3 ) 2- ))
Y 12 is a substituted or unsubstituted divalent alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted divalent alkenyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent aryl group,
Y 13 is a substituted or unsubstituted divalent alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent aryl group, and Y 14 is a substituted or unsubstituted divalent alkyl group, or substituted or unsubstituted Of the divalent aryl group.
 即ちuが2のとき、Y2として好ましくは、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換の2価のアルキル基、炭素数6~24の置換もしくは無置換の2価のアリール基、-CH2CH(OH)CH2-O-CH2-OCH2CH(OH)CH2-、-CH2CH(OH)CH2-O-C(CH3)2-OC816-、又は-(CH2)2-CO2-C24-OCO-(CH2)2-である。 That is, when u is 2, Y 2 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted divalent alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted divalent aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 —O—CH 2 —OCH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH (OH) CH 2 —O—C (CH 3 ) 2 —OC 8 H 16 —, or — ( CH 2 ) 2 —CO 2 —C 2 H 4 —OCO— (CH 2 ) 2 —.
 前記一般式(III)で表される化合物の代表例としては、2-(4-ブトキシ-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)-4,6-ジ(4-ブトキシフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2-(4-ブトキシ-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)-4,6-ジ(2,4-ジブトキシフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2,4-ジ(4-ブトキシ-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)-6-(4-ブトキシフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2,4-ジ(4-ブトキシ-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)-6-(2,4-ジブトキシフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2,4,6-トリス(2-ヒドロキシ-4-オクチルオキシフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-4-オクチルオキシフェニル)-4,6-ビス(2,4-ジメチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2-(2,4-ジヒドロキシフェニル)-4,6-ビス(2,4-ジメチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2,4-ビス(2-ヒドロキシ-4-プロピルオキシフェニル)-6-(2,4-ジメチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-4-オクチルオキシフェニル)-4,6-ビス(4-メチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-4-ドデシルオキシフェニル)-4,6-ビス(2,4-ジメチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-4-トリデシルオキシフェニル)-4,6-ビス(2,4-ジメチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2-[2-ヒドロキシ-4-(2-ヒドロキシ-3-ブチルオキシプロポキシ)フェニル]-4,6-ビス(2,4-ジメチル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2-[2-ヒドロキシ-4-(2-ヒドロキシ-3-オクチルオキシプロピルオキシ)フェニル]-4,6-ビス(2,4-ジメチル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2-[4-(ドデシルオキシ/トリデシルオキシ-2-ヒドロキシプロポキシ)-2-ヒドロキシフェニル]-4,6-ビス(2,4-ジメチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2-[2-ヒドロキシ-4-(2-ヒドロキシ-3-ドデシルオキシプロポキシ)フェニル]-4,6-ビス(2,4-ジメチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-4-ヘキシルオキシ)フェニル-4,6-ジフェニル-1,3,5-トリアジン、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシフェニル)-4,6-ジフェニル-1,3,5-トリアジン、2,4,6-トリス(2-ヒドロキシ-4-(3-ブトキシ-2-ヒドロキシプロポキシ)フェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2-(2-ヒドロキシフェニル)-4-(4-メトキシフェニル)-6-フェニル-1,3,5-トリアジン、2-{2-ヒドロキシ-4-[3-(2-エチルヘキシル-1-オキシ)-2-ヒドロキシ-プロピルオキシ]フェニル}-4,6-ビス(2,4-ジメチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン、2-(2-ヒドロキシ-4-(2-エチルヘキシル)オキシ)フェニル-4,6-ジ(4-フェニル)フェニル-1,3,5-トリアジン等を挙げることができる。 Representative examples of the compound represented by the general formula (III) include 2- (4-butoxy-2-hydroxyphenyl) -4,6-di (4-butoxyphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine, 2- (4-Butoxy-2-hydroxyphenyl) -4,6-di (2,4-dibutoxyphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-di (4-butoxy-2-hydroxyphenyl) ) -6- (4-butoxyphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-di (4-butoxy-2-hydroxyphenyl) -6- (2,4-dibutoxyphenyl) -1,3 , 5-triazine, 2,4,6-tris (2-hydroxy-4-octyloxyphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine, 2- (2-hydroxy-4-octyloxyphenyl) -4,6- Bis (2,4-dimethylpheny ) -1,3,5-triazine, 2- (2,4-dihydroxyphenyl) -4,6-bis (2,4-dimethylphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-bis (2 -Hydroxy-4-propyloxyphenyl) -6- (2,4-dimethylphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine, 2- (2-hydroxy-4-octyloxyphenyl) -4,6-bis (4 -Methylphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine, 2- (2-hydroxy-4-dodecyloxyphenyl) -4,6-bis (2,4-dimethylphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine, 2 -(2-hydroxy-4-tridecyloxyphenyl) -4,6-bis (2,4-dimethylphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine, 2- [2-hydroxy-4- (2-hydroxy- 3-Butyloxypro Xyl) phenyl] -4,6-bis (2,4-dimethyl) -1,3,5-triazine, 2- [2-hydroxy-4- (2-hydroxy-3-octyloxypropyloxy) phenyl]- 4,6-bis (2,4-dimethyl) -1,3,5-triazine, 2- [4- (dodecyloxy / tridecyloxy-2-hydroxypropoxy) -2-hydroxyphenyl] -4,6- Bis (2,4-dimethylphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine, 2- [2-hydroxy-4- (2-hydroxy-3-dodecyloxypropoxy) phenyl] -4,6-bis (2,4 -Dimethylphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine, 2- (2-hydroxy-4-hexyloxy) phenyl-4,6-diphenyl-1,3,5-triazine, 2- (2-hydroxy-4- Me Toxiphenyl) -4,6-diphenyl-1,3,5-triazine, 2,4,6-tris (2-hydroxy-4- (3-butoxy-2-hydroxypropoxy) phenyl) -1,3,5 Triazine, 2- (2-hydroxyphenyl) -4- (4-methoxyphenyl) -6-phenyl-1,3,5-triazine, 2- {2-hydroxy-4- [3- (2-ethylhexyl- 1-oxy) -2-hydroxy-propyloxy] phenyl} -4,6-bis (2,4-dimethylphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine, 2- (2-hydroxy-4- (2-ethylhexyl) And oxy) phenyl-4,6-di (4-phenyl) phenyl-1,3,5-triazine.
 前記ベンゾフェノン系化合物としては、その極大吸収波長が360nm未満である化合物が好ましく、下記一般式(IVa)又は(IVb)で表される化合物が好ましい。 As the benzophenone compound, a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength of less than 360 nm is preferable, and a compound represented by the following general formula (IVa) or (IVb) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
〔前記一般式(IVa)中、X1及びX2は、互いに独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシル基、置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、置換もしくは無置換のフェニル基、置換もしくは無置換のアルコキシ基、置換もしくは無置換のアルキルスルホニル基、置換もしくは無置換のアリールスルホニル基、スルホン酸基、置換もしくは無置換のアルキルオキシカルボニル基、置換もしくは無置換のアリールオキシカルボニル基、又は置換もしくは無置換のアミノ基を表す。s1及びs2は、互いに独立して1~3の整数を表す。〕 [In the general formula (IVa), X 1 and X 2 are independently of each other hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydroxyl group, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, substituted or unsubstituted. Alkoxy group, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group, substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, sulfonic acid group, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl group, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group, or substituted or unsubstituted Represents a substituted amino group. s1 and s2 each independently represent an integer of 1 to 3. ]
〔前記一般式(IVb)中、X1は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシル基、置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、置換もしくは無置換のフェニル基、置換もしくは無置換のアルコキシ基、置換もしくは無置換のアルキルスルホニル基、置換もしくは無置換のアリールスルホニル基、スルホン酸基、置換もしくは無置換のアルキルオキシカルボニル基、置換もしくは無置換のアリールオキシカルボニル基、又は置換もしくは無置換のアミノ基を表し、s1は1~3の整数を表す。
 Lgは2価の置換基または単なる結合を表し、wは0又は1を表す。
 tbは1又は2を表し、tbが1のときX3は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシル基、置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、置換もしくは無置換のフェニル基、置換もしくは無置換のアルコキシ基、置換もしくは無置換のアルキルスルホニル基、置換もしくは無置換のアリールスルホニル基、スルホン酸基、置換もしくは無置換のアルキルオキシカルボニル基、置換もしくは無置換のアリールオキシカルボニル基、又は置換もしくは無置換のアミノ基を表す。tbが2のときX3は2価の置換基を表す。〕
[In the general formula (IVb), X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted group. An alkylsulfonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, Represents an integer of 1 to 3.
Lg represents a divalent substituent or a simple bond, and w represents 0 or 1.
tb represents 1 or 2, and when tb is 1, X 3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, Substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group, substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, sulfonic acid group, substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl group, substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group, or substituted or unsubstituted amino group Represents. When tb is 2, X 3 represents a divalent substituent. ]
(一般式(IVa))
 X1及びX2は、互いに独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシル基、置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、置換もしくは無置換のフェニル基、置換もしくは無置換のアルコキシ基、置換もしくは無置換のアルキルスルホニル基、置換もしくは無置換のアリールスルホニル基、スルホン酸基、置換もしくは無置換のアルキルオキシカルボニル基、置換もしくは無置換のアリールオキシカルボニル基、又は置換もしくは無置換のアミノ基を表す。X1及びX2として好ましくは、水素原子、塩素原子、ヒドロキシル基、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、炭素数6~24の置換もしくは無置換のアリール基、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換のアルコキシ基、炭素数2~18のアルキルオキシカルボニル基、炭素数7~24のアリールオキシカルボニル基、スルホン酸基、又は炭素数1~16の置換もしくは無置換のアミノ基である。X1及びX2として特に好ましくは水素原子、ヒドロキシル基、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換のアルコキシ基、スルホン酸基、又は炭素数1~16の置換もしくは無置換のアミノ基である。
(General formula (IVa))
X 1 and X 2 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydroxyl group, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, substituted or unsubstituted An alkylsulfonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group is represented. X 1 and X 2 are preferably a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, 18 substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy groups, alkyloxycarbonyl groups having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, aryloxycarbonyl groups having 7 to 24 carbon atoms, sulfonic acid groups, or substituted or unsubstituted amino groups having 1 to 16 carbon atoms It is. X 1 and X 2 are particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a sulfonic acid group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms.
(一般式(IVb))
 tbは1又は2であり、wは0又は1であり、s1は1~3の整数である。
 置換基X1は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシル基、置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、置換もしくは無置換のフェニル基、置換もしくは無置換のアルコキシ基、置換もしくは無置換のアルキルスルホニル基、置換もしくは無置換のアリールスルホニル基、スルホン酸基、置換もしくは無置換のアルキルオキシカルボニル基、置換もしくは無置換のアリールオキシカルボニル基、又は置換もしくは無置換のアミノ基を表す。
(General formula (IVb))
tb is 1 or 2, w is 0 or 1, and s1 is an integer of 1 to 3.
Substituent X 1 is a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, hydroxyl group, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group, substituted or It represents an unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group.
 X1として好ましくは、水素原子、塩素原子、ヒドロキシル基、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、炭素数6~24の置換もしくは無置換のアリール基、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換のアルコキシ基、炭素数2~18のアルキルオキシカルボニル基、炭素数7~24のアリールオキシカルボニル基、スルホン酸基、又は炭素数1~16の置換もしくは無置換のアミノ基である。X1として特に好ましくは水素原子、ヒドロキシル基、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換のアルコキシ基、スルホン酸基、又は炭素数1~16の置換もしくは無置換のアミノ基である。 X 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a chlorine atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, or a substitution having 1 to 18 carbon atoms Alternatively, it is an unsubstituted alkoxy group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 24 carbon atoms, a sulfonic acid group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms. X 1 is particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a sulfonic acid group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms.
 -Lg-は2価の連結基または単なる結合を表し、wは0~1の整数を表す。wが0のときはX3がLgを介さずに直接ベンゼン環と結合しているとき、即ち-Lg-が単なる結合を表しているときを表す。
 2価の連結基-Lg-について説明する。2価の置換基Lgは、下記一般式(c)で表される2価の置換基である。
 一般式(c)
   -(Lg1)mg1-(Lg2)mg2-(Lg3)mg3-(Lg4)mg4-(Lg5)mg5
-Lg- represents a divalent linking group or a simple bond, and w represents an integer of 0 to 1. When w is 0, X 3 is directly bonded to the benzene ring without Lg, that is, -Lg- represents a simple bond.
The divalent linking group -Lg- will be described. The divalent substituent Lg is a divalent substituent represented by the following general formula (c).
Formula (c)
-(Lg 1 ) mg 1- (Lg 2 ) mg 2- (Lg 3 ) mg 3- (Lg 4 ) mg 4- (Lg 5 ) mg 5-
 一般式(c)中、mg1~mg5は0~2の整数を表す。
 Lg1~Lg5は各々独立して、-CO-、-O-、-SO2-、-SO-、-NRgL-、置換もしくは無置換の2価のアルキル基、置換もしくは無置換の2価のアルケニル基、又は置換もしくは無置換の2価のアリール基を表す。RgLは水素原子、置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、又は置換もしくは無置換のアリール基を表す。
In the general formula (c), mg1 to mg5 represent an integer of 0 to 2.
Lg 1 to Lg 5 are each independently —CO—, —O—, —SO 2 —, —SO—, —NRg L —, a substituted or unsubstituted divalent alkyl group, substituted or unsubstituted 2 Represents a valent alkenyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent aryl group. Rg L represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group.
 RgLの具体例としては、例えば、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ヘキシル基、オクチル基、フェニル基、ナフチル基などが挙げられる。アルキル基上およびアリール基上の任意の位置に1価の置換基を有していてもよい。1価の置換基としては上述した1価の置換基の例が挙げられる。RgLとして好ましくは、炭素数3~20の置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、又は炭素数6~14の置換もしくは無置換のアリール基である。より好ましくは炭素数6~12の置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、又は炭素数6~10の置換もしくは無置換のアリール基である。 Specific examples of Rg L include a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a hexyl group, an octyl group, a phenyl group, and a naphthyl group. A monovalent substituent may be present at any position on the alkyl group and the aryl group. Examples of the monovalent substituent include the examples of the monovalent substituent described above. Rg L is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms. More preferred is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
 即ち2価の置換基-Lg-としては、-O-、-O-CO-C24-CO-O-、-O-C48-O-、-O-CO-C36-、-NH-CO-C36-CO-NH-、-NH-CO-C48-、-CH2-、-C24-、-C36-、-C48-、-C510-、-C816-、-C48-CO-O-、-C64-C64-、-NH-SO2-C36-等が好ましい。 That is, as the divalent substituent —Lg—, —O—, —O—CO—C 2 H 4 —CO—O—, —O—C 4 H 8 —O—, —O—CO—C 3 H 6 —, —NH—CO—C 3 H 6 —CO—NH—, —NH—CO—C 4 H 8 —, —CH 2 —, —C 2 H 4 —, —C 3 H 6 —, —C 4 H 8 —, —C 5 H 10 —, —C 8 H 16 —, —C 4 H 8 —CO—O—, —C 6 H 4 —C 6 H 4 —, —NH—SO 2 —C 3 H 6- and the like are preferable.
 tbが1のとき、X3は水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシル基、置換もしくは無置換のフェニル基、置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、置換もしくは無置換のアルコキシ基、置換もしくは無置換のアルキルスルホニル基、置換もしくは無置換のアリールスルホニル基、スルホン酸基、置換もしくは無置換のアルキルオキシカルボニル基、置換もしくは無置換のアリールオキシカルボニル基、又は置換もしくは無置換のアミノ基である。
 tbが1のとき、X3として好ましくは、水素原子、ヒドロキシル基、塩素原子、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、炭素数6~24の置換もしくは無置換のアリール基、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換のアルコキシ基、炭素数2~18のアルキルオキシカルボニル基、炭素数7~24のアリールオキシカルボニル基、スルホン酸基、又は炭素数1~16の置換もしくは無置換のアミノ基である。
 X3として特に好ましくは水素原子、ヒドロキシル基、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換のアルコキシ基、スルホン酸基、又は炭素数1~16の置換もしくは無置換のアミノ基である。
When tb is 1, X 3 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted phenyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group A substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group, a sulfonic acid group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyloxycarbonyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group.
When tb is 1, X 3 is preferably a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a chlorine atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, carbon A substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkyloxycarbonyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 24 carbon atoms, a sulfonic acid group, or a substituted or unsubstituted group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms Of the amino group.
X 3 is particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a sulfonic acid group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms.
 tbが2のときX3は、2価の置換基を表す。
 tbが2のとき、X3の具体例としては、上記の2価の置換基-L-の例が挙げられる。tbが2のときX3として好ましくは、-CH2-、-C48-、-O-C48-O-、-O-CO-C24-CO-O-、又は-NH-CO-C36-CO-NH-である。
When tb is 2, X 3 represents a divalent substituent.
When tb is 2, specific examples of X 3 include the above divalent substituent —L—. When tb is 2, X 3 is preferably —CH 2 —, —C 4 H 8 —, —O—C 4 H 8 —O—, —O—CO—C 2 H 4 —CO—O—, or —NH—CO—C 3 H 6 —CO—NH—.
 一般式(IVb)において、tbが1のときが特に好ましい。
 即ち、一般式(IVb)の好ましい組み合わせとしては、以下のとおりである。
 具体的には、tbが1のとき、
 X1が水素原子、ヒドロキシル基、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換のアルコキシ基、スルホン酸基、又は炭素数1~16の置換もしくは無置換のアミノ基であり、
 Lgが-O-、-O-CO-C24-CO-O-、-O-C48-O-、-O-CO-C36-、-NH-CO-C36-CO-NH-、-NH-CO-C48-、-CH2-、-C24-、-C36-、-C48-、-C510-、-C816-、-C48-CO-O-、-C64-C64-、もしくは-NH-SO2-C36-、又は単なる結合であり、
 X3が水素原子、ヒドロキシル基、塩素原子、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基、炭素数6~24の置換もしくは無置換のアリール基、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換のアルコキシ基、炭素数2~18のアルキルオキシカルボニル基、炭素数7~24のアリールオキシカルボニル基、スルホン酸基、又は炭素数1~16の置換もしくは無置換のアミノ基である組み合わせが好ましい。
In the general formula (IVb), it is particularly preferable that tb is 1.
That is, preferred combinations of the general formula (IVb) are as follows.
Specifically, when tb is 1,
X 1 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a sulfonic acid group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms,
Lg is —O—, —O—CO—C 2 H 4 —CO—O—, —O—C 4 H 8 —O—, —O—CO—C 3 H 6 —, —NH—CO—C 3 H 6 —CO—NH—, —NH—CO—C 4 H 8 —, —CH 2 —, —C 2 H 4 —, —C 3 H 6 —, —C 4 H 8 —, —C 5 H 10 —, —C 8 H 16 —, —C 4 H 8 —CO—O—, —C 6 H 4 —C 6 H 4 —, or —NH—SO 2 —C 3 H 6 —, or a simple bond ,
X 3 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a chlorine atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms A combination of an alkoxy group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 24 carbon atoms, a sulfonic acid group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms is preferable.
 tbが2のとき、
 X1が水素原子、ヒドロキシル基、炭素数1~18の置換もしくは無置換のアルコキシ基、スルホン酸基、又は炭素数1~16の置換もしくは無置換のアミノ基であり、
 Lgが-O-、-O-CO-C24-CO-O-、-O-C48-O-、-O-CO-C36-、-NH-CO-C36-CO-NH-、-NH-CO-C48-、-CH2-、-C24-、-C36-、-C48-、-C510-、-C816-、-C48-CO-O-、-C64-C64-、もしくは-NH-SO2-C36-、又は単なる結合であり、
 X3が-CH2-、-C48-、-O-C48-O-、-O-CO-C24-CO-O-、又は-NH-CO-C36-CO-NH-である組み合わせが好ましい。
When tb is 2,
X 1 is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, a sulfonic acid group, or a substituted or unsubstituted amino group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms,
Lg is —O—, —O—CO—C 2 H 4 —CO—O—, —O—C 4 H 8 —O—, —O—CO—C 3 H 6 —, —NH—CO—C 3 H 6 —CO—NH—, —NH—CO—C 4 H 8 —, —CH 2 —, —C 2 H 4 —, —C 3 H 6 —, —C 4 H 8 —, —C 5 H 10 —, —C 8 H 16 —, —C 4 H 8 —CO—O—, —C 6 H 4 —C 6 H 4 —, or —NH—SO 2 —C 3 H 6 —, or a simple bond ,
X 3 is —CH 2 —, —C 4 H 8 —, —O—C 4 H 8 —O—, —O—CO—C 2 H 4 —CO—O—, or —NH—CO—C 3 H A combination that is 6- CO-NH- is preferred.
 前記ベンゾフェノン系化合物の代表例としては、2,4-ジヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-オクチルオキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-デシルオキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-ドデシルオキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-ベンジルオキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-(2-ヒドロキシ-3-メタクリルオキシプロポキシ)ベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシ-5-スルホベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシ-5-スルホベンゾフェノントリヒドレート、2-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシ-2’-カルボキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-オクタデシロキシベンゾフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-4-ジエチルアミノ-2’-ヘキシルオキシカルボニルベンゾフェノン、2,2’-ジヒドロキシ-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン、2,2’,4,4’-テトラヒドロキシベンゾフェノン、2,2’-ジヒドロキシ-4,4’-ジメトキシベンゾフェノン、1,4-ビス(4-ベンジルオキシ-3-ヒドロキシフェノキシ)ブタン等を挙げることができる。 Representative examples of the benzophenone compounds include 2,4-dihydroxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-octyloxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-decyloxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy- 4-dodecyloxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-benzyloxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4- (2-hydroxy-3-methacryloxypropoxy) benzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-5-sulfobenzophenone, 2- Hydroxy-4-methoxy-5-sulfobenzophenone trihydrate, 2-hydroxy-4-methoxy-2'-carboxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy-4-octadecyloxybenzophenone, 2-hydroxy- -Diethylamino-2'-hexyloxycarbonylbenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone, 2,2 ', 4,4'-tetrahydroxybenzophenone, 2,2'-dihydroxy-4,4'-dimethoxy Examples include benzophenone and 1,4-bis (4-benzyloxy-3-hydroxyphenoxy) butane.
 前記ベンゾオキサジノン系化合物としては、その極大吸収波長が360nm未満で、下記一般式(V)で表される化合物が好ましい。 The benzoxazinone compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength of less than 360 nm and represented by the following general formula (V).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
(前記一般式(V)中、R1は置換基を表し、n1は0~4の整数を表す。R2はn2価の置換基または連結基を表し、n2は1~4の整数を表す。) (In the general formula (V), R 1 represents a substituent, n 1 represents an integer of 0 to 4, R 2 represents an n 2 valent substituent or linking group, and n 2 represents 1 to 4) Represents an integer.)
 前記一般式(V)においてR1は置換基を表し、置換基の例としては前述の置換アルキル基、置換アルケニル基、置換アルキニル基および置換アラルキル基のアルキル部分の置換基の例としてあげたものと同様のものが挙げられる。R1として好ましくはハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシル基、ニトロ基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、シリルオキシ基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、アシルオキシ基、カルバモイルオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基、アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基、アミノ基、アシルアミノ基、アミノカルボニルアミノ基、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基、スルファモイルアミノ基、アルキル又はアリールスルホニルアミノ基、メルカプト基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ヘテロ環チオ基、スルファモイル基、スルホ基、アルキル又はアリールスルフィニル基、アルキル又はアリールスルホニル基、アシル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、イミド基、ホスフィノ基、ホスフィニル基、ホスフィニルオキシ基、ホスフィニルアミノ基、シリル基であり、さらに好ましくはハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、シアノ基、ヒドロキシル基、ニトロ基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、シリルオキシ基、ヘテロ環オキシ基、アシルオキシ基、カルバモイルオキシ基、アミノ基、アシルアミノ基、アミノカルボニルアミノ基、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基、スルファモイルアミノ基、アルキル又はアリールスルホニルアミノ基、メルカプト基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ヘテロ環チオ基、スルファモイル基、スルホ基、アルキル又はアリールスルフィニル基、アルキル又はアリールスルホニル基、カルバモイル基、イミド基、ホスフィノ基、ホスフィニル基、ホスフィニルオキシ基、ホスフィニルアミノ基、シリル基であり、更に好ましくはハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ヒドロキシル基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アミノ基、メルカプト基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、スルファモイル基、スルホ基、アルキル又はアリールスルフィニル基、アルキル又はアリールスルホニル基であり、更に好ましくはハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基であり、更に好ましくはハロゲン原子、炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数6~20のアリール基、炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基、炭素数6~20のアリールオキシ基、炭素数1~20のアルキルチオ基、炭素数6~20のアリールチオ基であり、更に好ましくは塩素原子、フッ素原子、臭素原子、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数6~10のアリール基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素数6~10のアリールオキシ基、炭素数1~8のアルキルチオ基、炭素数6~10のアリールチオ基であり、更に好ましくは塩素原子、フッ素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基である。 In the general formula (V), R 1 represents a substituent, and examples of the substituent are those exemplified as the substituent of the alkyl part of the above-mentioned substituted alkyl group, substituted alkenyl group, substituted alkynyl group and substituted aralkyl group. The same thing is mentioned. R 1 is preferably a halogen atom, alkyl group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, aryl group, cyano group, hydroxyl group, nitro group, carboxyl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, silyloxy group, heterocyclic oxy group, acyloxy group, Carbamoyloxy group, alkoxycarbonyloxy group, aryloxycarbonyloxy group, amino group, acylamino group, aminocarbonylamino group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryloxycarbonylamino group, sulfamoylamino group, alkyl or arylsulfonylamino group, Mercapto group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, heterocyclic thio group, sulfamoyl group, sulfo group, alkyl or arylsulfinyl group, alkyl or arylsulfonyl group, acyl group, aryl group Sicarbonyl group, alkoxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, imide group, phosphino group, phosphinyl group, phosphinyloxy group, phosphinylamino group, silyl group, more preferably halogen atom, alkyl group, aryl group, cyano group Group, hydroxyl group, nitro group, carboxyl group, alkoxy group, aryloxy group, silyloxy group, heterocyclic oxy group, acyloxy group, carbamoyloxy group, amino group, acylamino group, aminocarbonylamino group, alkoxycarbonylamino group, aryl Oxycarbonylamino group, sulfamoylamino group, alkyl or arylsulfonylamino group, mercapto group, alkylthio group, arylthio group, heterocyclic thio group, sulfamoyl group, sulfo group, alkyl or arylsulfini Group, alkyl or arylsulfonyl group, carbamoyl group, imide group, phosphino group, phosphinyl group, phosphinyloxy group, phosphinylamino group, silyl group, more preferably halogen atom, alkyl group, aryl group, A hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an amino group, a mercapto group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a sulfamoyl group, a sulfo group, an alkyl or arylsulfinyl group, an alkyl or an arylsulfonyl group, and more preferably a halogen atom or an alkyl group An aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, and an arylthio group, more preferably a halogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Group, 6 to 20 carbon atoms An aryloxy group, an alkylthio group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and an arylthio group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably a chlorine atom, a fluorine atom, a bromine atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, or a 6 to 10 carbon atoms. An aryl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an aryloxy group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, an alkylthio group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and an arylthio group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably a chlorine atom or a fluorine atom An atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 n1として好ましくは0~3であり、更に好ましくは0~2であり、更に好ましくは0または1であり、最も好ましくは0、すなわちベンゼン環が置換基を有さないことである。 n 1 is preferably 0 to 3, more preferably 0 to 2, further preferably 0 or 1, and most preferably 0, that is, the benzene ring has no substituent.
 R2はn2価の置換基或いは連結基を表し、置換基の例としては前述の置換アルキル基、置換アルケニル基、置換アルキニル基および置換アラルキル基のアルキル部分の置換基の例としてあげたものと同様のものが挙げられる。また連結基とは置換基が更に1つ以上の結合手を有するものである。R2として好ましくは脂肪族基、芳香族基、およびこれらが更に結合手を有する連結基であり、更に好ましくはアルキル基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、アリール基、およびこれらが2~4価となる連結基であり、更に好ましくはアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基、およびこれらが2~3価となる連結基であり、更に好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルキル基、炭素数2~20のアルケニル基、炭素数6~20のアリール基、およびこれらが2~3価となる連結基であり、更に好ましくは炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数2~8のアルケニル基、炭素数6~12のアリール基、およびこれらが2~3価となる連結基であり、更に好ましくは炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数6~12のアリール基、およびこれらが2~3価となる連結基であり、更に好ましくはメチル、エチル、プロピル、ブチル、イソプロピル、2-ブチル、ベンジル、フェニル、2-ナフチル、エチレン、トリメチレン、1,2-プロピレン、テトラメチレン、1,2-フェニレン、1,3-フェニレン、1,4-フェニレン、2,6-ナフチレン、ベンゼン-1,3,5-イルであり、更に好ましくはメチル、エチル、ベンジル、フェニル、エチレン、トリメチレン、1,3-フェニレン、1,4-フェニレン、ベンゼン-1,3,5-イルであり、更に好ましくはエチレン、トリメチレン、1,3-フェニレン、1,4-フェニレン、ベンゼン-1,3,5-イルであり、最も好ましくは1,4-フェニレンである。 R 2 represents an n 2 -valent substituent or linking group, and examples of the substituent include those of the alkyl moiety of the above-mentioned substituted alkyl group, substituted alkenyl group, substituted alkynyl group and substituted aralkyl group. The same thing is mentioned. The linking group is one in which the substituent further has one or more bonds. R 2 is preferably an aliphatic group, an aromatic group, and a linking group further having a bond, and more preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an aryl group, and these are divalent to tetravalent. A linking group, more preferably an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group, and a linking group in which these are divalent to trivalent, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and an alkenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. Group, an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and a linking group in which these are divalent to trivalent, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms, and 6 to 6 carbon atoms. 12 aryl groups, and these are divalent to trivalent linking groups, more preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, aryl groups having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, and continuous groups that are divalent to trivalent. More preferably methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isopropyl, 2-butyl, benzyl, phenyl, 2-naphthyl, ethylene, trimethylene, 1,2-propylene, tetramethylene, 1,2-phenylene, 1, 3-phenylene, 1,4-phenylene, 2,6-naphthylene, and benzene-1,3,5-yl, more preferably methyl, ethyl, benzyl, phenyl, ethylene, trimethylene, 1,3-phenylene, 1 , 4-phenylene, benzene-1,3,5-yl, more preferably ethylene, trimethylene, 1,3-phenylene, 1,4-phenylene, benzene-1,3,5-yl, most preferably Is 1,4-phenylene.
 n2として好ましくは1~3であり、更に好ましくは2~3であり、最も好ましくは2である。 n 2 is preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 2 to 3, and most preferably 2.
 前記ベンゾオキサジノン系化合物の代表例としては、2,2’-(p-フェニレン)ジ-3,1-ベンゾオキサジン-4-オンを挙げることができる。 As a representative example of the benzoxazinone compound, 2,2 '-(p-phenylene) di-3,1-benzoxazin-4-one can be given.
 前記サリチル酸系化合物としては、その極大吸収波長が約290~330nmにある化合物が好ましく、その代表例としてはフェニルサリシレート、4-t-ブチルフェニルサリシレート、4-オクチルフェニルサリシレート、ジベンゾイルレゾルシノール、ビス(4-t-ブチルベンゾイル)レゾルシノール、ベンゾイルレゾルシノール、2,4-ジ-t-ブチルフェニル 3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシサリシレート、ヘキサデシル 3,5-ジ-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシサリシレートなどを挙げることができる。 The salicylic acid compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength of about 290 to 330 nm, and representative examples thereof include phenyl salicylate, 4-t-butylphenyl salicylate, 4-octylphenyl salicylate, dibenzoylresorcinol, bis ( 4-t-butylbenzoyl) resorcinol, benzoylresorcinol, 2,4-di-t-butylphenyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4-hydroxysalicylate, hexadecyl 3,5-di-t-butyl-4- Hydroxy salicylate and the like can be mentioned.
 前記アクリレート系化合物としては、その極大吸収波長が約270~350nmにある化合物が好ましく、その代表例としては2-エチルヘキシル 2-シアノ-3,3-ジフェニルアクリレート、エチル 2-シアノ-3,3-ジフェニルアクリレート、イソオクチル 2-シアノ-3,3-ジフェニルアクリレート、ヘキサデシル 2-シアノ-3-(4-メチルフェニル)アクリレート、メチル 2-シアノ-3-メチル-3-(4-メトキシフェニル)シンナメート、ブチル 2-シアノ-3-メチル-3-(4-メトキシフェニル)シンナメート、メチル 2-カルボメトキシ-3-(4-メトキシフェニル)シンナメート2-シアノ-3-(4-メチルフェニル)アクリル酸塩、1,3-ビス(2’-シアノ-3,3’-ジフェニルアクリロイル)オキシ)-2,2-ビス(((2’-シアノ-3,3’-ジフェニルアクリロイル)オキシ)メチル)プロパン、N-(2-カルボメトキシ-2-シアノビニル)-2-メチルインドリン等を挙げることができる。 The acrylate compound is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength of about 270 to 350 nm, and representative examples thereof include 2-ethylhexyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenyl acrylate, ethyl 2-cyano-3,3- Diphenyl acrylate, isooctyl 2-cyano-3,3-diphenyl acrylate, hexadecyl 2-cyano-3- (4-methylphenyl) acrylate, methyl 2-cyano-3-methyl-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) cinnamate, butyl 2-cyano-3-methyl-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) cinnamate, methyl 2-carbomethoxy-3- (4-methoxyphenyl) cinnamate 2-cyano-3- (4-methylphenyl) acrylate, 1 , 3-Bis (2'-cyano-3,3'-diph Nylacryloyl) oxy) -2,2-bis (((2′-cyano-3,3′-diphenylacryloyl) oxy) methyl) propane, N- (2-carbomethoxy-2-cyanovinyl) -2-methylindoline Etc.
 前記シュウ酸ジアミド系化合物としては、その極大吸収波長が約250~350nmにあるものが好ましく、その代表例としては4,4’-ジオクチルオキシオキサニリド、2,2’-ジオクチルオキシ-5,5’-ジ-t-ブチルオキサニリド、2,2’-ジドデシルオキシ-5,5’-ジ-t-ブチルオキサニリド、2-エトキシ-2’-エチルオキサニリド、N,N’-ビス(3-ジメチルアミノプロピル)オキサミド、2-エトキシ-5-t-ブチル-2’-エチルオキサニリド、2-エトキシ-2’-エチル-5,4’-ジ-t-ブチルオキサニリド等を挙げることができる。 The oxalic acid diamide compound preferably has a maximum absorption wavelength of about 250 to 350 nm. Typical examples thereof include 4,4′-dioctyloxyoxanilide, 2,2′-dioctyloxy-5, 5′-di-t-butyl oxanilide, 2,2′-didodecyloxy-5,5′-di-t-butyl oxanilide, 2-ethoxy-2′-ethyl oxanilide, N, N '-Bis (3-dimethylaminopropyl) oxamide, 2-ethoxy-5-t-butyl-2'-ethyloxanilide, 2-ethoxy-2'-ethyl-5,4'-di-t-butyloxa Nilide etc. can be mentioned.
 紫外線吸収剤(B)としては以下の化合物群Bから選ばれる化合物であることが特に好ましい。化合物群Bは次の化合物(II-1)~(V-1)からなる群である。 The ultraviolet absorber (B) is particularly preferably a compound selected from the following compound group B. Compound group B is a group consisting of the following compounds (II-1) to (V-1).
[1]前記一般式(IIa)で表される化合物
(II-1) 2-(2’-ヒドロキシ-3’,5’-ジ-t-アミルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール
(II-2) 2-(3-t-ブチル-5-メチル-2-ヒドロキシフェニル)-5-クロロベンゾトリアゾール
(II-3) 2-(2-ヒドロキシ-5-t-オクチルフェニル)ベンゾトリアゾール(II-4) 2-エチルヘキシル-3-[3-t-ブチル-4-ヒドロキシ-5-(5-クロロ-2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)フェニル]プロピオネート
(II-5) 2-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-6-ドデシル-4-メチル-フェノール
(II-6) 2-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-3-t-ブチルフェノール
(II-7) 2-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-6-(1-メチル-1-フェニルエチル)-4-(1,1-3,3-テトラメチルブチル)フェノール
(II-8) 2-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-3-メチルフェノール
(II-9) 2-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-6-ドデシル-4-メチル-フェノール
[1] Compound (II-1) represented by the general formula (IIa) 2- (2′-hydroxy-3 ′, 5′-di-t-amylphenyl) benzotriazole (II-2) 2- ( 3-t-butyl-5-methyl-2-hydroxyphenyl) -5-chlorobenzotriazole (II-3) 2- (2-hydroxy-5-t-octylphenyl) benzotriazole (II-4) 2-ethylhexyl -3- [3-t-butyl-4-hydroxy-5- (5-chloro-2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) phenyl] propionate (II-5) 2- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) -6-dodecyl-4-methyl-phenol (II-6) 2- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) -3-tert-butylphenol (II-7) 2- (2H-benzotriazo Ru-2-yl) -6- (1-methyl-1-phenylethyl) -4- (1,1-3,3-tetramethylbutyl) phenol (II-8) 2- (2H-benzotriazole-2 -Yl) -3-methylphenol (II-9) 2- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) -6-dodecyl-4-methyl-phenol
[2]前記一般式(IIb)で表される化合物
(II-10) 2,2’-メチレンビス[6-(2H-ベンゾトリアゾール-2-イル)-4-(1,1,3,3-テトラメチルブチル)フェノール]
[2] Compound (II-10) represented by the above general formula (IIb) 2,2′-methylenebis [6- (2H-benzotriazol-2-yl) -4- (1,1,3,3- Tetramethylbutyl) phenol]
[3]前記一般式(III)で表される化合物
(III-1) 2,4-ビス(2-ヒドロキシ-4-ブトキシフェニル)-6-(2,4-ジブトキシフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン
(III-2) 2-[4-[(2-ヒドロキシ-3-(2’-エチル)ヘキシル)オキシ]-2-ヒドロキシフェニル]-4,6-ビス(2,4-ジメチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン
(III-3) 2-[4-[(2-ヒドロキシ-3-(2’-エチル)ヘキシル)オキシ]-2-ヒドロキシフェニル-4,6-ビス(2,4-ジメチルフェニル)-1,3,5-トリアジン
(III-4) 2-(4,6-ジフェニル-1,3,5-トリアジン-2-イル)-5-ヘキシロキシフェノール
(III-5) ビスエチルヘキシロキシフェノール メトキシフェニルトリアジン
[3] Compound (III-1) represented by the above general formula (III) 2,4-bis (2-hydroxy-4-butoxyphenyl) -6- (2,4-dibutoxyphenyl) -1,3 , 5-triazine (III-2) 2- [4-[(2-hydroxy-3- (2′-ethyl) hexyl) oxy] -2-hydroxyphenyl] -4,6-bis (2,4-dimethyl) Phenyl) -1,3,5-triazine (III-3) 2- [4-[(2-hydroxy-3- (2′-ethyl) hexyl) oxy] -2-hydroxyphenyl-4,6-bis ( 2,4-Dimethylphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine (III-4) 2- (4,6-diphenyl-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl) -5-hexyloxyphenol (III- 5) Bisethylhexyloxyphenol Triazine
[4]前記一般式(IV)で表される化合物
(IV-1) ヘキシル 2-(4-ジエチルアミノ-2-ヒドロキシベンゾイル)ベンゾエート
(IV-2) 2,2’-ヒドロキシ-4,4’-ジメトキシベンゾフェノン
(IV-3) 2-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン
(IV-4) 1,4-ビス(4-ベンゾイル-3-ヒドロキシフェノキシ)ブタン
(IV-5) 2-ヒドロキシ-4-オクトキシベンゾフェノン
(IV-6) 2-ヒドロキシ-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン-5-スルフォニックアシッド
(IV-7) 2,2’,4,4’-テトラヒドロキシベンゾフェノン
[4] Compound (IV-1) represented by the above general formula (IV) Hexyl 2- (4-diethylamino-2-hydroxybenzoyl) benzoate (IV-2) 2,2′-hydroxy-4,4′- Dimethoxybenzophenone (IV-3) 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone (IV-4) 1,4-bis (4-benzoyl-3-hydroxyphenoxy) butane (IV-5) 2-hydroxy-4-octoxybenzophenone (IV-6) 2-hydroxy-4-methoxybenzophenone-5-sulfonic acid (IV-7) 2,2 ′, 4,4′-tetrahydroxybenzophenone
[5]前記一般式(V)で表される化合物
(V-1) 2,2’-(p-フェニレン)ジ-3,1-ベンゾオキサジン-4-オン
[5] Compound (V-1) represented by the general formula (V) 2,2 ′-(p-phenylene) di-3,1-benzoxazin-4-one
 化合物(II-1)は下記に示す構造であり、商品名Tinuvin 328(チバ・スペシャルティ・ケミカルズ社製)として市販されている。
 化合物(II-2)は下記に示す構造であり、商品名Tinuvin 326(チバ・スペシャルティ・ケミカルズ社製)として市販されている。
 化合物(II-3)は下記に示す構造であり、商品名Tinuvin 329(チバ・スペシャルティ・ケミカルズ社製)として市販されている。
 化合物(II-4)は下記に示す構造であり、商品名Tinuvin 109(チバ・スペシャルティ・ケミカルズ社製)として市販されている。
 化合物(II-5)は下記に示す構造であり、商品名Tinuvin 171(チバ・スペシャルティ・ケミカルズ社製)として市販されている。
 化合物(II-6)は下記に示す構造であり、商品名Tinuvin PS(チバ・スペシャルティ・ケミカルズ社製)として市販されている。
 化合物(II-7)は下記に示す構造であり、商品名Tinuvin 928(チバ・スペシャルティ・ケミカルズ社製)として市販されている。
 化合物(II-8)は以下に示す構造であり、商品名Tinuvin P(チバ・スペシャルティ・ケミカルズ社製)として市販されている。
 化合物(II-9)は以下に示す構造であり、商品名Tinuvin 234(チバ・スペシャルティ・ケミカルズ社製)として市販されている。
 化合物(II-10)は下記に示す構造であり、商品名Tinuvin 360(チバ・スペシャルティ・ケミカルズ社製)として市販されている。
Compound (II-1) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin 328 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
Compound (II-2) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin 326 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
Compound (II-3) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin 329 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
Compound (II-4) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin 109 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
Compound (II-5) has the following structure and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin 171 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
Compound (II-6) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin PS (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
Compound (II-7) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin 928 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
Compound (II-8) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin P (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
Compound (II-9) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin 234 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
Compound (II-10) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin 360 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
 化合物(III-1)は下記に示す構造であり、商品名Tinuvin 460(チバ・スペシャルティ・ケミカルズ社製)として市販されている。
 化合物(III-2)は下記に示す構造であり、商品名Cyasorb UV-116(サイテック社製)として市販されている。
 化合物(III-3)は下記に示す構造であり、商品名Tinuvin 405(チバ・スペシャルティ・ケミカルズ社製)として市販されている。
 化合物(III-4)は下記に示す構造であり、商品名Tinuvin 1577(チバ・スペシャルティ・ケミカルズ社製)として市販されている。
 化合物(III-5)は下記に示す構造であり、商品名Tinosorb S(チバ・スペシャルティ・ケミカルズ社製)として市販されている。
Compound (III-1) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin 460 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
Compound (III-2) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Cyasorb UV-116 (manufactured by Cytec).
Compound (III-3) has the structure shown below and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin 405 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
Compound (III-4) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Tinuvin 1577 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
Compound (III-5) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Tinosorb S (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
 化合物(IV-1)は下記に示す構造であり、商品名Uvinul A plus(BASF社製)として市販されている。
 化合物(IV-2)は下記に示す構造であり、商品名Uvinul 3049(BASF社製)として市販されている。
 化合物(IV-3)は下記に示す構造であり、商品名Visorb 110(共同薬品社製)として市販されている。
 化合物(IV-4)は下記に示す構造であり、商品名Seesorb 151(シプロ化成社製)として市販されている。
 化合物(IV-5)は以下に示す構造であり、商品名Chimassorb 81(チバ・スペシャルティ・ケミカルズ社製)として市販されている。
 化合物(IV-6)は以下に示す構造であり、商品名Uvinul MS40(BASF社製)として市販されている。
 化合物(IV-7)は以下に示す構造であり、商品名Uvinul 3050(BASF社製)として市販されている。
 化合物(V-1)は以下に示す構造であり、商品名サイアソーブUV-3638(サイテックインダストリーズ社製)として市販されている。
Compound (IV-1) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Uvinul A plus (manufactured by BASF).
Compound (IV-2) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Uvinul 3049 (manufactured by BASF).
Compound (IV-3) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Visorb 110 (manufactured by Kyodo Yakuhin Co., Ltd.).
Compound (IV-4) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Seesorb 151 (manufactured by Cypro Kasei Co., Ltd.).
Compound (IV-5) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Chimassorb 81 (manufactured by Ciba Specialty Chemicals).
Compound (IV-6) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Uvinul MS40 (manufactured by BASF).
Compound (IV-7) has the following structure, and is commercially available as trade name Uvinul 3050 (manufactured by BASF).
Compound (V-1) has the structure shown below, and is commercially available as trade name Siasorb UV-3638 (manufactured by Cytec Industries).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 本明細書において脂肪族基は、アルキル基、置換アルキル基、アルケニル基、置換アルケニル基、アルキニル基、置換アルキニル基、アラルキル基および置換アラルキル基を意味する。アルキル基は分岐を有していてもよく、また環を形成していてもよい。アルキル基の炭素原子数は1~20であることが好ましく、1~18であることが更に好ましい。置換アルキル基のアルキル部分は、上記アルキル基と同様である。アルケニル基は分岐を有していてもよく、また環を形成していてもよい。アルケニル基の炭素原子数は2~20であることが好ましく、2~18であることが更に好ましい。置換アルケニル基のアルケニル部分は、上記アルケニル基と同様である。アルキニル基は分岐を有していてもよく、また環を形成していてもよい。アルキニル基の炭素原子数は2~20であることが好ましく、2~18であることが更に好ましい。置換アルキニル基のアルキニル部分は、上記アルキニル基と同様である。アラルキル基および置換アラルキル基のアルキル部分は、上記アルキル基と同様である。アラルキル基および置換アラルキル基のアリール部分は下記アリール基と同様である。 In the present specification, an aliphatic group means an alkyl group, a substituted alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a substituted alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, a substituted alkynyl group, an aralkyl group, and a substituted aralkyl group. The alkyl group may have a branch or may form a ring. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1-20, and more preferably 1-18. The alkyl part of the substituted alkyl group is the same as the above alkyl group. The alkenyl group may have a branch or may form a ring. The alkenyl group has preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms. The alkenyl part of the substituted alkenyl group is the same as the above alkenyl group. The alkynyl group may have a branch or may form a ring. The alkynyl group preferably has 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 18 carbon atoms. The alkynyl part of the substituted alkynyl group is the same as the above alkynyl group. The alkyl part of the aralkyl group and the substituted aralkyl group is the same as the above alkyl group. The aryl part of the aralkyl group and the substituted aralkyl group is the same as the following aryl group.
 置換アルキル基、置換アルケニル基、置換アルキニル基および置換アラルキル基のアルキル部分の置換基の例としては、ハロゲン原子(例えば、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子)、アルキル基[直鎖、分岐、環状の置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基を表す。それらは、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~30のアルキル基、例えばメチル、エチル、n-プロピル、イソプロピル、t-ブチル、n-オクチル、エイコシル、2-クロロエチル、2-シアノエチル、2-エチルヘキシル)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは、炭素数3~30の置換または無置換のシクロアルキル基、例えば、シクロヘキシル、シクロペンチル、4-n-ドデシルシクロヘキシル)、ビシクロアルキル基(好ましくは、炭素数5~30の置換もしくは無置換のビシクロアルキル基、つまり、炭素数5~30のビシクロアルカンから水素原子を一個取り去った一価の基である。例えば、ビシクロ[1,2,2]ヘプタン-2-イル、ビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン-3-イル)、更に環構造が多いトリシクロ構造なども包含するものである。以下に説明する置換基の中のアルキル基(例えばアルキルチオ基のアルキル基)もこのような概念のアルキル基を表す。]、 Examples of the substituent of the alkyl part of the substituted alkyl group, substituted alkenyl group, substituted alkynyl group and substituted aralkyl group include a halogen atom (eg, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), alkyl group [straight chain, branched, cyclic Represents a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group. They are alkyl groups (preferably alkyl groups having 1 to 30 carbon atoms such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, n-octyl, eicosyl, 2-chloroethyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 2-ethylhexyl). A cycloalkyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, 4-n-dodecylcyclohexyl), a bicycloalkyl group (preferably having 5 to 30 carbon atoms). A substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkyl group, that is, a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a bicycloalkane having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, bicyclo [1,2,2] heptan-2-yl, bicyclo Including [2,2,2] octane-3-yl) and tricyclo structures with more ring structures It is intended to. An alkyl group (for example, an alkyl group of an alkylthio group) in the substituents described below also represents such an alkyl group. ],
アルケニル基[直鎖、分岐、環状の置換もしくは無置換のアルケニル基を表す。それらは、アルケニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~30の置換または無置換のアルケニル基、例えば、ビニル、アリル、プレニル、ゲラニル、オレイル)、シクロアルケニル基(好ましくは、炭素数3~30の置換もしくは無置換のシクロアルケニル基、つまり、炭素数3~30のシクロアルケンの水素原子を一個取り去った一価の基である。例えば、2-シクロペンテン-1-イル、2-シクロヘキセン-1-イル)、ビシクロアルケニル基(置換もしくは無置換のビシクロアルケニル基、好ましくは、炭素数5~30の置換もしくは無置換のビシクロアルケニル基、つまり二重結合を一個持つビシクロアルケンの水素原子を一個取り去った一価の基である。例えば、ビシクロ[2,2,1]ヘプト-2-エン-1-イル、ビシクロ[2,2,2]オクト-2-エン-4-イル)を包含するものである。]、アルキニル基(好ましくは、炭素数2~30の置換または無置換のアルキニル基、例えば、エチニル、プロパルギル、トリメチルシリルエチニル基)、 Alkenyl group [represents a linear, branched or cyclic substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group. They are alkenyl groups (preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl groups having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as vinyl, allyl, prenyl, geranyl, oleyl), cycloalkenyl groups (preferably substituted or unsubstituted 3 to 30 carbon atoms or An unsubstituted cycloalkenyl group, that is, a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom of a cycloalkene having 3 to 30 carbon atoms (for example, 2-cyclopenten-1-yl, 2-cyclohexen-1-yl), Bicycloalkenyl group (a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkenyl group, preferably a substituted or unsubstituted bicycloalkenyl group having 5 to 30 carbon atoms, that is, a monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom of a bicycloalkene having one double bond. For example, bicyclo [2,2,1] hept-2-en-1-yl, bicyclo [2,2 2] is intended to encompass oct-2-en-4-yl). An alkynyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as ethynyl, propargyl, trimethylsilylethynyl group),
アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~30の置換もしくは無置換のアリール基、例えばフェニル、p-トリル、ナフチル、m-クロロフェニル、o-ヘキサデカノイルアミノフェニル)、ヘテロ環基(好ましくは5または6員の置換もしくは無置換の、芳香族もしくは非芳香族のヘテロ環化合物から一個の水素原子を取り除いた一価の基であり、更に好ましくは、炭素数3~30の5もしくは6員の芳香族のヘテロ環基である。例えば、2-フリル、2-チエニル、2-ピリミジニル、2-ベンゾチアゾリル)、シアノ基、ヒドロキシル基、ニトロ基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシ基(好ましくは、炭素数1~30の置換もしくは無置換のアルコキシ基、例えば、メトキシ、エトキシ、イソプロポキシ、t-ブトキシ、n-オクチルオキシ、2-メトキシエトキシ)、アリールオキシ基(好ましくは、炭素数6~30の置換もしくは無置換のアリールオキシ基、例えば、フェノキシ、2-メチルフェノキシ、4-t-ブチルフェノキシ、3-ニトロフェノキシ、2-テトラデカノイルアミノフェノキシ)、シリルオキシ基(好ましくは、炭素数3~20のシリルオキシ基、例えば、トリメチルシリルオキシ、t-ブチルジメチルシリルオキシ)、ヘテロ環オキシ基(好ましくは、炭素数2~30の置換もしくは無置換のヘテロ環オキシ基、1-フェニルテトラゾール-5-オキシ、2-テトラヒドロピラニルオキシ)、 An aryl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms such as phenyl, p-tolyl, naphthyl, m-chlorophenyl, o-hexadecanoylaminophenyl), a heterocyclic group (preferably 5 or 6 A monovalent group obtained by removing one hydrogen atom from a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic or non-aromatic heterocyclic compound, more preferably a 5- or 6-membered aromatic having 3 to 30 carbon atoms For example, 2-furyl, 2-thienyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 2-benzothiazolyl), cyano group, hydroxyl group, nitro group, carboxyl group, alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) Substituted or unsubstituted alkoxy groups such as methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, t-butoxy, n-octyloxy, 2 Methoxyethoxy), an aryloxy group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxy, 2-methylphenoxy, 4-t-butylphenoxy, 3-nitrophenoxy, 2-tetra Decanoylaminophenoxy), a silyloxy group (preferably a silyloxy group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, such as trimethylsilyloxy, t-butyldimethylsilyloxy), a heterocyclic oxy group (preferably a substituent having 2 to 30 carbon atoms or Unsubstituted heterocyclic oxy group, 1-phenyltetrazol-5-oxy, 2-tetrahydropyranyloxy),
アシルオキシ基(好ましくはホルミルオキシ基、炭素数2~30の置換もしくは無置換のアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、炭素数6~30の置換もしくは無置換のアリールカルボニルオキシ基、例えば、ホルミルオキシ、アセチルオキシ、ピバロイルオキシ、ステアロイルオキシ、ベンゾイルオキシ、p-メトキシフェニルカルボニルオキシ)、カルバモイルオキシ基(好ましくは、炭素数1~30の置換もしくは無置換のカルバモイルオキシ基、例えば、N,N-ジメチルカルバモイルオキシ、N,N-ジエチルカルバモイルオキシ、モルホリノカルボニルオキシ、N,N-ジ-n-オクチルアミノカルボニルオキシ、N-n-オクチルカルバモイルオキシ)、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基(好ましくは、炭素数2~30の置換もしくは無置換アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基、例えばメトキシカルボニルオキシ、エトキシカルボニルオキシ、t-ブトキシカルボニルオキシ、n-オクチルカルボニルオキシ)、アリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基(好ましくは、炭素数7~30の置換もしくは無置換のアリールオキシカルボニルオキシ基、例えば、フェノキシカルボニルオキシ、p-メトキシフェノキシカルボニルオキシ、p-n-ヘキサデシルオキシフェノキシカルボニルオキシ)、アミノ基(好ましくは、アミノ基、炭素数1~30の置換もしくは無置換のアルキルアミノ基、炭素数6~30の置換もしくは無置換のアニリノ基、例えば、アミノ、メチルアミノ、ジメチルアミノ、アニリノ、N-メチル-アニリノ、ジフェニルアミノ)、 Acyloxy group (preferably formyloxy group, substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyloxy group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyloxy group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as formyloxy, acetyloxy, pivaloyloxy , Stearoyloxy, benzoyloxy, p-methoxyphenylcarbonyloxy), a carbamoyloxy group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyloxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as N, N-dimethylcarbamoyloxy, N, N -Diethylcarbamoyloxy, morpholinocarbonyloxy, N, N-di-n-octylaminocarbonyloxy, Nn-octylcarbamoyloxy), an alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms) Substituted alkoxycarbonyloxy groups such as methoxycarbonyloxy, ethoxycarbonyloxy, t-butoxycarbonyloxy, n-octylcarbonyloxy), aryloxycarbonyloxy groups (preferably substituted or unsubstituted aryloxy having 7 to 30 carbon atoms) Carbonyloxy groups such as phenoxycarbonyloxy, p-methoxyphenoxycarbonyloxy, pn-hexadecyloxyphenoxycarbonyloxy), amino groups (preferably amino groups, substituted or unsubstituted alkyls having 1 to 30 carbon atoms) An amino group, a substituted or unsubstituted anilino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as amino, methylamino, dimethylamino, anilino, N-methyl-anilino, diphenylamino),
アシルアミノ基(好ましくは、ホルミルアミノ基、炭素数1~30の置換もしくは無置換のアルキルカルボニルアミノ基、炭素数6~30の置換もしくは無置換のアリールカルボニルアミノ基、例えば、ホルミルアミノ、アセチルアミノ、ピバロイルアミノ、ラウロイルアミノ、ベンゾイルアミノ、3,4,5-トリ-n-オクチルオキシフェニルカルボニルアミノ)、アミノカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは、炭素数1~30の置換もしくは無置換のアミノカルボニルアミノ、例えば、カルバモイルアミノ、N,N-ジメチルアミノカルボニルアミノ、N,N-ジエチルアミノカルボニルアミノ、モルホリノカルボニルアミノ)、アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30の置換もしくは無置換アルコキシカルボニルアミノ基、例えば、メトキシカルボニルアミノ、エトキシカルボニルアミノ、t-ブトキシカルボニルアミノ、n-オクタデシルオキシカルボニルアミノ、N-メチルーメトキシカルボニルアミノ)、アリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基(好ましくは、炭素数7~30の置換もしくは無置換のアリールオキシカルボニルアミノ基、例えば、フェノキシカルボニルアミノ、p-クロロフェノキシカルボニルアミノ、m-n-オクチルオキシフェノキシカルボニルアミノ)、 An acylamino group (preferably a formylamino group, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonylamino group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonylamino group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as formylamino, acetylamino, Pivaloylamino, lauroylamino, benzoylamino, 3,4,5-tri-n-octyloxyphenylcarbonylamino), aminocarbonylamino group (preferably substituted or unsubstituted aminocarbonylamino having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, Carbamoylamino, N, N-dimethylaminocarbonylamino, N, N-diethylaminocarbonylamino, morpholinocarbonylamino), alkoxycarbonylamino group (preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylamino having 2 to 30 carbon atoms) Groups such as methoxycarbonylamino, ethoxycarbonylamino, t-butoxycarbonylamino, n-octadecyloxycarbonylamino, N-methyl-methoxycarbonylamino), aryloxycarbonylamino groups (preferably substituted with 7 to 30 carbon atoms) Or an unsubstituted aryloxycarbonylamino group such as phenoxycarbonylamino, p-chlorophenoxycarbonylamino, mn-octyloxyphenoxycarbonylamino),
スルファモイルアミノ基(好ましくは、炭素数0~30の置換もしくは無置換のスルファモイルアミノ基、例えば、スルファモイルアミノ、N,N-ジメチルアミノスルホニルアミノ、N-n-オクチルアミノスルホニルアミノ)、アルキル又はアリールスルホニルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数1~30の置換もしくは無置換のアルキルスルホニルアミノ、炭素数6~30の置換もしくは無置換のアリールスルホニルアミノ、例えば、メチルスルホニルアミノ、ブチルスルホニルアミノ、フェニルスルホニルアミノ、2,3,5-トリクロロフェニルスルホニルアミノ、p-メチルフェニルスルホニルアミノ)、メルカプト基、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは、炭素数1~30の置換もしくは無置換のアルキルチオ基、例えばメチルチオ、エチルチオ、n-ヘキサデシルチオ)、アリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30の置換もしくは無置換のアリールチオ、例えば、フェニルチオ、p-クロロフェニルチオ、m-メトキシフェニルチオ)、ヘテロ環チオ基(好ましくは炭素数2~30の置換または無置換のヘテロ環チオ基、例えば、2-ベンゾチアゾリルチオ、1-フェニルテトラゾール-5-イルチオ)、スルファモイル基(好ましくは炭素数0~30の置換もしくは無置換のスルファモイル基、例えば、N-エチルスルファモイル、N-(3-ドデシルオキシプロピル)スルファモイル、N,N-ジメチルスルファモイル、N-アセチルスルファモイル、N-ベンゾイルスルファモイル、N-(N’-フェニルカルバモイル)スルファモイル)、 Sulfamoylamino group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoylamino group having 0 to 30 carbon atoms, such as sulfamoylamino, N, N-dimethylaminosulfonylamino, Nn-octylaminosulfonylamino ), Alkyl or arylsulfonylamino group (preferably substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonylamino having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonylamino having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methylsulfonylamino, butylsulfonylamino) , Phenylsulfonylamino, 2,3,5-trichlorophenylsulfonylamino, p-methylphenylsulfonylamino), mercapto group, alkylthio group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylthio group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms such as methylthio, Echi Thio, n-hexadecylthio), an arylthio group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted arylthio having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenylthio, p-chlorophenylthio, m-methoxyphenylthio), a heterocyclic thio group (preferably having a carbon number) 2-30 substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic thio groups such as 2-benzothiazolylthio, 1-phenyltetrazol-5-ylthio), sulfamoyl groups (preferably substituted or unsubstituted sulfamoyl having 0 to 30 carbon atoms) Groups such as N-ethylsulfamoyl, N- (3-dodecyloxypropyl) sulfamoyl, N, N-dimethylsulfamoyl, N-acetylsulfamoyl, N-benzoylsulfamoyl, N- (N ′ -Phenylcarbamoyl) sulfamoyl),
スルホ基、アルキル又はアリールスルフィニル基(好ましくは、炭素数1~30の置換または無置換のアルキルスルフィニル基、6~30の置換または無置換のアリールスルフィニル基、例えば、メチルスルフィニル、エチルスルフィニル、フェニルスルフィニル、p-メチルフェニルスルフィニル)、アルキル又はアリールスルホニル基(好ましくは、炭素数1~30の置換または無置換のアルキルスルホニル基、6~30の置換または無置換のアリールスルホニル基、例えば、メチルスルホニル、エチルスルホニル、フェニルスルホニル、p-メチルフェニルスルホニル)、アシル基(好ましくはホルミル基、炭素数2~30の置換または無置換のアルキルカルボニル基、、炭素数7~30の置換もしくは無置換のアリールカルボニル基、炭素数4~30の置換もしくは無置換の炭素原子でカルボニル基と結合しているヘテロ環カルボニル基、例えば、アセチル、ピバロイル、2-クロロアセチル、ステアロイル、ベンゾイル、p-n-オクチルオキシフェニルカルボニル、2-ピリジルカルボニル、2-フリルカルボニル)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(好ましくは、炭素数7~30の置換もしくは無置換のアリールオキシカルボニル基、例えば、フェノキシカルボニル、o-クロロフェノキシカルボニル、m-ニトロフェノキシカルボニル、p-t-ブチルフェノキシカルボニル)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは、炭素数2~30の置換もしくは無置換アルコキシカルボニル基、例えば、メトキシカルボニル、エトキシカルボニル、t-ブトキシカルボニル、n-オクタデシルオキシカルボニル)、カルバモイル基(好ましくは、炭素数1~30の置換もしくは無置換のカルバモイル、例えば、カルバモイル、N-メチルカルバモイル、N,N-ジメチルカルバモイル、N,N-ジ-n-オクチルカルバモイル、N-(メチルスルホニル)カルバモイル)、 A sulfo group, an alkyl or arylsulfinyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfinyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfinyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methylsulfinyl, ethylsulfinyl, phenylsulfinyl, etc. , P-methylphenylsulfinyl), an alkyl or arylsulfonyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted arylsulfonyl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methylsulfonyl, Ethylsulfonyl, phenylsulfonyl, p-methylphenylsulfonyl), acyl group (preferably formyl group, substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms) Base A heterocyclic carbonyl group bonded to a carbonyl group with a substituted or unsubstituted carbon atom having 4 to 30 carbon atoms, such as acetyl, pivaloyl, 2-chloroacetyl, stearoyl, benzoyl, pn-octyloxyphenylcarbonyl, 2-pyridylcarbonyl, 2-furylcarbonyl), an aryloxycarbonyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryloxycarbonyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenoxycarbonyl, o-chlorophenoxycarbonyl, m-nitrophenoxy Carbonyl, pt-butylphenoxycarbonyl), alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, t-butoxycarbonyl, n Octadecyloxycarbonyl), a carbamoyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted carbamoyl having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, such as carbamoyl, N-methylcarbamoyl, N, N-dimethylcarbamoyl, N, N-di-n-octylcarbamoyl) N- (methylsulfonyl) carbamoyl),
アリール又はヘテロ環アゾ基(好ましくは炭素数6~30の置換もしくは無置換のアリールアゾ基、炭素数3~30の置換もしくは無置換のヘテロ環アゾ基、例えば、フェニルアゾ、p-クロロフェニルアゾ、5-エチルチオ-1,3,4-チアジアゾール-2-イルアゾ)、イミド基(好ましくは、N-スクシンイミド、N-フタルイミド)、ホスフィノ基(好ましくは、炭素数2~30の置換もしくは無置換のホスフィノ基、例えば、ジメチルホスフィノ、ジフェニルホスフィノ、メチルフェノキシホスフィノ)、ホスフィニル基(好ましくは、炭素数2~30の置換もしくは無置換のホスフィニル基、例えば、ホスフィニル、ジオクチルオキシホスフィニル、ジエトキシホスフィニル)、ホスフィニルオキシ基(好ましくは、炭素数2~30の置換もしくは無置換のホスフィニルオキシ基、例えば、ジフェノキシホスフィニルオキシ、ジオクチルオキシホスフィニルオキシ)、ホスフィニルアミノ基(好ましくは、炭素数2~30の置換もしくは無置換のホスフィニルアミノ基、例えば、ジメトキシホスフィニルアミノ、ジメチルアミノホスフィニルアミノ)、シリル基(好ましくは、炭素数3~30の置換もしくは無置換のシリル基、例えば、トリメチルシリル、t-ブチルジメチルシリル、フェニルジメチルシリル)を表す。 An aryl or heterocyclic azo group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted arylazo group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic azo group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phenylazo, p-chlorophenylazo, 5- Ethylthio-1,3,4-thiadiazol-2-ylazo), an imide group (preferably N-succinimide, N-phthalimide), a phosphino group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphino group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, For example, dimethylphosphino, diphenylphosphino, methylphenoxyphosphino), phosphinyl group (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, such as phosphinyl, dioctyloxyphosphinyl, diethoxyphosphini ), A phosphinyloxy group (preferably having 2 carbon atoms) 30 substituted or unsubstituted phosphinyloxy groups, for example, diphenoxyphosphinyloxy, dioctyloxyphosphinyloxy), phosphinylamino groups (preferably substituted or unsubstituted having 2 to 30 carbon atoms) Phosphinylamino groups such as dimethoxyphosphinylamino, dimethylaminophosphinylamino), silyl groups (preferably substituted or unsubstituted silyl groups having 3 to 30 carbon atoms such as trimethylsilyl, t-butyldimethyl Silyl, phenyldimethylsilyl).
 上記の官能基の中で、水素原子を有するものは、これを取り去り更に上記の基で置換されていても良い。そのような官能基の例としては、アルキルカルボニルアミノスルホニル基、アリールカルボニルアミノスルホニル基、アルキルスルホニルアミノカルボニル基、アリールスルホニルアミノカルボニル基が挙げられる。その例としては、メチルスルホニルアミノカルボニル、p-メチルフェニルスルホニルアミノカルボニル、アセチルアミノスルホニル、ベンゾイルアミノスルホニル基が挙げられる。 Among the above functional groups, those having a hydrogen atom may be substituted with the above groups by removing this. Examples of such functional groups include an alkylcarbonylaminosulfonyl group, an arylcarbonylaminosulfonyl group, an alkylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group, and an arylsulfonylaminocarbonyl group. Examples thereof include methylsulfonylaminocarbonyl, p-methylphenylsulfonylaminocarbonyl, acetylaminosulfonyl, and benzoylaminosulfonyl groups.
 置換アラルキル基のアリール部分の置換基の例は、下記置換アリール基の置換基の例と同様である。 Examples of the substituent of the aryl part of the substituted aralkyl group are the same as the examples of the substituent of the following substituted aryl group.
 本明細書において芳香族基は、アリール基および置換アリール基を意味する。またこれらの芳香族基は脂肪族環、他の芳香族環または複素環が縮合していてもよい。芳香族基の炭素原子数は6~40が好ましく、6~30が更に好ましく、6~20が更に好ましい。またその中でもアリール基としてはフェニルまたはナフチルであることが好ましく、フェニルが特に好ましい。 In the present specification, the aromatic group means an aryl group and a substituted aryl group. These aromatic groups may be condensed with an aliphatic ring, another aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring. The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic group is preferably 6 to 40, more preferably 6 to 30, and still more preferably 6 to 20. Among them, the aryl group is preferably phenyl or naphthyl, particularly preferably phenyl.
 置換アリール基のアリール部分は、上記アリール基と同様である。置換アリール基の置換基の例としては、先に置換アルキル基、置換アルケニル基、置換アルキニル基及び置換アラルキル基のアルキル部分の置換基の例としてあげたものと同様である。 The aryl part of the substituted aryl group is the same as the above aryl group. Examples of the substituent of the substituted aryl group are the same as those described above as examples of the substituent of the alkyl portion of the substituted alkyl group, the substituted alkenyl group, the substituted alkynyl group, and the substituted aralkyl group.
 本明細書において、複素環基は5員または6員の飽和または不飽和複素環を含むことが好ましい。複素環に脂肪族環、芳香族環または他の複素環が縮合していてもよい。複素環のヘテロ原子の例にはB,N,O,S,SeおよびTeが含まれる。ヘテロ原子としてはN,OおよびSが好ましい。複素環は炭素原子が遊離の原子価(一価)を有する(複素環基は炭素原子において結合する)ことが好ましい。好ましい複素環基の炭素原子数は1~40であり、より好ましくは1~30であり、更に好ましくは1~20である。飽和複素環の例には、ピロリジン環、モルホリン環、2-ボラ-1,3-ジオキソラン環および1,3-チアゾリジン環が含まれる。不飽和複素環の例には、イミダゾール環、チアゾール環、ベンゾチアゾール環、ベンゾオキサゾール環、ベンゾトリアゾール環、ベンゾセレナゾール環、ピリジン環、ピリミジン環およびキノリン環が含まれる。複素環基は置換基を有していても良い。置換基の例としては、先に置換アルキル基、置換アルケニル基、置換アルキニル基及び置換アラルキル基のアルキル部分の置換基の例として挙げたものと同様である。 In the present specification, the heterocyclic group preferably contains a 5-membered or 6-membered saturated or unsaturated heterocyclic ring. The heterocyclic ring may be condensed with an aliphatic ring, an aromatic ring or another heterocyclic ring. Examples of heteroatoms of the heterocycle include B, N, O, S, Se and Te. Heteroatoms are preferably N, O and S. The heterocyclic ring preferably has a valence (monovalent) in which the carbon atom is free (the heterocyclic group is bonded at the carbon atom). The number of carbon atoms of the heterocyclic group is preferably 1 to 40, more preferably 1 to 30, and still more preferably 1 to 20. Examples of the saturated heterocyclic ring include a pyrrolidine ring, a morpholine ring, a 2-bora-1,3-dioxolane ring and a 1,3-thiazolidine ring. Examples of the unsaturated heterocyclic ring include imidazole ring, thiazole ring, benzothiazole ring, benzoxazole ring, benzotriazole ring, benzoselenazole ring, pyridine ring, pyrimidine ring and quinoline ring. The heterocyclic group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent are the same as those described above as examples of the substituent of the alkyl portion of the substituted alkyl group, the substituted alkenyl group, the substituted alkynyl group, and the substituted aralkyl group.
 本発明に用いられる紫外線吸収剤(A)及び(B)は、それぞれ単独で存在していてもよいが、あらかじめあるいは組成物中で結合を形成することで、互いに連結していてもよい。また、それぞれ重合性基を結合させることでモノマーとし、これを重合させることで紫外線吸収剤(A)及び(B)を単位構造に含む共重合体となってもよい。紫外線吸収剤(A)及び(B)が結合していない別のモノマーを併用して共重合体となってもよい。好ましくは、それぞれ単量体として組成物になっていたものが、所望のときに重合を行って共重合体を形成する場合である。 The ultraviolet absorbers (A) and (B) used in the present invention may be present alone, but may be linked to each other in advance or by forming a bond in the composition. Moreover, it is good also as a copolymer which makes a monomer by couple | bonding a polymeric group, respectively, and polymerizes this, and contains a ultraviolet absorber (A) and (B) in a unit structure. Another monomer to which the ultraviolet absorbers (A) and (B) are not bonded may be used in combination to form a copolymer. Preferably, the composition as a monomer is a case where polymerization is performed at a desired time to form a copolymer.
 本発明の固体高分子材料は、更に光安定剤、酸化防止剤を含んでいても良い。
 光安定剤、酸化防止剤の好ましい例としては特開2004-117997号公報に記載された化合物があげられる。具体的には、特開2004-117997号公報のp29中段、段落[0071]~[0111]に記載の化合物であることが好ましい。段落[0072]に記載の一般式(TS-I)、一般式(TS-II)、一般式(TS-IV)又は一般式(TS-V)で表される化合物であることが特に好ましい。
The solid polymer material of the present invention may further contain a light stabilizer and an antioxidant.
Preferable examples of the light stabilizer and the antioxidant include compounds described in JP-A No. 2004-117997. Specifically, compounds described in paragraphs [0071] to [0111] in the middle of p29 of JP-A No. 2004-117997 are preferable. A compound represented by general formula (TS-I), general formula (TS-II), general formula (TS-IV) or general formula (TS-V) described in paragraph [0072] is particularly preferable.
 本発明の固体高分子材料は、紫外線吸収剤(A)及び紫外線吸収剤(B)からなる紫外線吸収剤組成物の他に、目的に応じてその他の成分として適宜任意の化合物を含有することができる。 The solid polymer material of the present invention may contain any compound as appropriate as other components depending on the purpose, in addition to the ultraviolet absorbent composition comprising the ultraviolet absorbent (A) and the ultraviolet absorbent (B). it can.
 熱可塑性樹脂とともに用いる場合、紫外線吸収剤は、熱可塑性樹脂の重合過程で添加してもよく、重合後に添加しても良い。重合後の熱可塑性樹脂に溶融状態で添加する場合、紫外線吸収剤は単体で添加してもよく、また溶媒等に分散した状態で添加しても良い。この際使用する溶媒は混練する樹脂を劣化させず、紫外線吸収剤を分散させるものであればよい。 When used with a thermoplastic resin, the ultraviolet absorber may be added during the polymerization process of the thermoplastic resin or may be added after the polymerization. When added in a molten state to the thermoplastic resin after polymerization, the ultraviolet absorber may be added alone or in a state dispersed in a solvent or the like. The solvent used at this time may be any solvent that does not deteriorate the resin to be kneaded and disperses the ultraviolet absorber.
 こうした溶融混合は、一軸あるいは二軸押し出し機などの溶融混合設備を使用して、重合体の溶融温度以上の温度で、紫外線吸収剤を添加することにより可能である。分散液を使用した場合は分散液を加圧下で添加した後、有機溶媒を除去することにより、実行可能である。 Such melt mixing can be performed by adding an ultraviolet absorber at a temperature equal to or higher than the melting temperature of the polymer using a melt mixing facility such as a single screw or twin screw extruder. When the dispersion is used, it can be carried out by adding the dispersion under pressure and then removing the organic solvent.
 紫外線吸収剤は製膜時に熱可塑性樹脂の溶融状態に添加し混練してもよい。この方法は、熱履歴を少なくすることで熱可塑性樹脂の劣化を抑えることができるため好ましい方法である。 The ultraviolet absorber may be added to the molten state of the thermoplastic resin during film formation and kneaded. This method is a preferable method because the deterioration of the thermoplastic resin can be suppressed by reducing the heat history.
 溶融重合可能な熱可塑性樹脂、例えばポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレートといった熱可塑性ポリエステルの場合には、紫外線吸収剤の分散液を重合前、もしくは重合中に添加しても良い。紫外線吸収剤は単体で添加してもよくまたあらかじめ溶媒で分散した状態で添加してもよい。この場合の溶媒は重合体の原料であるものが好ましい。重合反応は通常の重合体の重合条件に準じて実施すればよい。 In the case of a thermoplastic polymer capable of melt polymerization, for example, a thermoplastic polyester such as polyethylene terephthalate or polyethylene naphthalate, a dispersion of an ultraviolet absorber may be added before or during the polymerization. The ultraviolet absorber may be added alone or may be added in a state dispersed in a solvent in advance. The solvent in this case is preferably a polymer raw material. The polymerization reaction may be carried out according to the usual polymer polymerization conditions.
 上記の方法で得られた0.5~50質量%の比較的高い濃度で紫外線吸収剤を含有する熱可塑性樹脂をマスターバッチとして、さらに紫外線吸収剤未添加の熱可塑性樹脂に混練させることでも、目的とする紫外線吸収剤含有ポリマーを得ることができる。 A thermoplastic resin containing an ultraviolet absorber at a relatively high concentration of 0.5 to 50% by mass obtained by the above method can be used as a master batch and further kneaded with a thermoplastic resin to which no ultraviolet absorber is added. A target ultraviolet absorber-containing polymer can be obtained.
 熱硬化性樹脂としては、例えば、エポキシ樹脂、メラミン樹脂、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂等が挙げられ、これらはナチュラル樹脂のほかガラス繊維、炭素繊維、半炭化繊維、セルロース系繊維、ガラスビーズ等のフィラーや難燃剤を含有させた熱硬化性成形材料としても使用することができる。 Examples of the thermosetting resin include epoxy resins, melamine resins, unsaturated polyester resins, and the like. These include natural resins, glass fibers, carbon fibers, semi-carbonized fibers, cellulosic fibers, glass beads, and the like. It can also be used as a thermosetting molding material containing a flame retardant.
 紫外線吸収剤組成物の分散物を得るための装置として、大きな剪断力を有する高速攪拌型分散機、高強度の超音波エネルギーを与える分散機などを使用できる。具体的には、コロイドミル、ホモジナイザー、毛細管式乳化装置、液体サイレン、電磁歪式超音波発生機、ポールマン笛を有する乳化装置などがある。本発明で使用するのに好ましい高速攪拌型分散機は、ディゾルバー、ポリトロン、ホモミキサー、ホモブレンダー、ケデイーミル、ジェットアジターなど、分散作用する要部が液中で高速回転(500~15,000rpm。好ましくは2,000~4,000rpm)するタイプの分散機である。本発明で使用することができる高速攪拌型分散機は、ディゾルバーないしは高速インペラー分散機とも呼ばれ、特開昭55-129136号公報にも記載されているように、高速で回転する軸に鋸歯状のプレートを交互に上下方向に折り曲げたインペラーを着装して成るものも好ましい一例である。 As a device for obtaining a dispersion of the ultraviolet absorbent composition, a high-speed stirring disperser having a large shearing force, a disperser giving high-intensity ultrasonic energy, or the like can be used. Specifically, there are a colloid mill, a homogenizer, a capillary emulsifying device, a liquid siren, an electromagnetic distortion ultrasonic generator, an emulsifying device having a Paulman whistle, and the like. A high-speed stirring type disperser preferable for use in the present invention is a high-speed rotation (500 to 15,000 rpm) in a liquid in which a main part such as a dissolver, polytron, homomixer, homoblender, ket mill, or jet agitator is dispersed. A dispersion machine of a type that preferably has a speed of 2,000 to 4,000 rpm. The high-speed agitating disperser that can be used in the present invention is also called a dissolver or a high-speed impeller disperser, and has a saw-tooth shape on a shaft that rotates at high speed as described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 55-129136. It is also a preferable example to wear an impeller obtained by alternately bending the plates in the vertical direction.
 疎水性化合物を含む乳化分散物を調製する際には、種々のプロセスに従うことができる。例えば、疎水性化合物を有機溶媒に溶解するときは、高沸点有機物質、水非混和性低沸点有機溶媒または水混和性有機溶媒の中から任意に選択された一種、又は二種以上の任意の複数成分混和物に溶解し、次いで界面活性化合物の存在化で、水中あるいは親水性コロイド水溶液中に分散せしめる。疎水性化合物を含む水不溶性相と水性相との混合方法としては、攪拌下に水性相中に水不溶性相を加えるいわゆる順混合法でも、その逆の逆混合法でもよい。 In preparing an emulsified dispersion containing a hydrophobic compound, various processes can be followed. For example, when a hydrophobic compound is dissolved in an organic solvent, one kind arbitrarily selected from a high-boiling organic substance, a water-immiscible low-boiling organic solvent, or a water-miscible organic solvent, or two or more kinds of arbitrary substances Dissolve in the multi-component mixture and then disperse in water or aqueous hydrophilic colloid in the presence of a surface active compound. The mixing method of the water-insoluble phase containing the hydrophobic compound and the aqueous phase may be a so-called forward mixing method in which the water-insoluble phase is added to the aqueous phase with stirring or a reverse mixing method.
 本発明の固体高分子材料の調製には、その高分子組成物が用いられる。本発明に用いられる高分子組成物は、後述する高分子物質に本発明に用いられる紫外線吸収剤組成物を添加してなる。本発明に用いられる紫外線吸収剤組成物は、様々な方法で高分子物質に含有させることができる。本発明に用いられる紫外線吸収剤組成物が高分子物質との相溶性を有する場合は、本発明に用いられる紫外線吸収剤組成物を高分子物質に直接添加することができる。高分子物質との相溶性を有する補助溶媒に、本発明に用いられる紫外線吸収剤組成物を溶解し、その溶液を高分子物質に添加してもよい。本発明に用いられる紫外線吸収剤組成物を高沸点有機溶媒やポリマー中に分散し、その分散物を高分子物質に添加してもよい。 The polymer composition is used for the preparation of the solid polymer material of the present invention. The polymer composition used in the present invention is obtained by adding the ultraviolet absorbent composition used in the present invention to a polymer material described later. The ultraviolet absorbent composition used in the present invention can be contained in the polymer substance by various methods. When the ultraviolet absorbent composition used in the present invention is compatible with the polymer substance, the ultraviolet absorbent composition used in the present invention can be directly added to the polymer substance. The ultraviolet absorbent composition used in the present invention may be dissolved in an auxiliary solvent having compatibility with the polymer material, and the solution may be added to the polymer material. The ultraviolet absorbent composition used in the present invention may be dispersed in a high-boiling organic solvent or polymer, and the dispersion may be added to the polymer substance.
 高沸点有機溶媒の沸点は、180℃以上であることが好ましく、200℃以上であることがさらに好ましい。高沸点有機溶媒の融点は、150℃以下であることが好ましく、100℃以下であることがさらに好ましい。高沸点有機溶媒の例には、リン酸エステル、ホスホン酸エステル、安息香酸エステル、フタル酸エステル、脂肪酸エステル、炭酸エステル、アミド、エーテル、ハロゲン化炭化水素、アルコールおよびパラフィンが含まれる。リン酸エステル、ホスホン酸エステル、フタル酸エステル、安息香酸エステルおよび脂肪酸エステルが好ましい。
 本発明に用いられる紫外線吸収剤組成物の添加方法については、特開昭58-209735号、同63-264748号、特開平4-191851号、同8-272058号の各公報および英国特許第2016017A号明細書を参考にできる。
The boiling point of the high-boiling organic solvent is preferably 180 ° C. or higher, and more preferably 200 ° C. or higher. The melting point of the high-boiling organic solvent is preferably 150 ° C. or lower, and more preferably 100 ° C. or lower. Examples of the high-boiling organic solvent include phosphate ester, phosphonate ester, benzoate ester, phthalate ester, fatty acid ester, carbonate ester, amide, ether, halogenated hydrocarbon, alcohol and paraffin. Phosphate esters, phosphonate esters, phthalate esters, benzoate esters and fatty acid esters are preferred.
As for the method of adding the ultraviolet absorbent composition used in the present invention, JP-A-58-209735, JP-A-63-264748, JP-A-4-191851 and JP-A-8-272058, and British Patent No. 2016017A. You can refer to the specification.
 本発明においては、本発明に用いられる紫外線吸収剤組成物のみで実用的には十分な紫外線遮蔽効果が得られるものの、更に厳密を要求する場合には隠蔽力の強い白色顔料、例えば酸化チタンなどを併用してもよい。また、外観、色調が問題となるとき、あるいは好みによって微量(0.05質量%以下)の着色剤を併用することができる。また、透明あるいは白色であることが重要である用途に対しては蛍光増白剤を併用してもよい。蛍光増白剤としては市販のものや特開2002-53824号公報記載の一般式[1]や具体的化合物例1~35などが挙げられる。 In the present invention, an ultraviolet ray absorbing composition used in the present invention alone can provide a practically sufficient ultraviolet shielding effect, but a white pigment having a strong hiding power, such as titanium oxide, can be obtained when more stringency is required. May be used in combination. Further, when the appearance and color tone become problems, or a small amount (0.05% by mass or less) of a colorant can be used in combination depending on preference. For applications where transparency or white color is important, a fluorescent brightening agent may be used in combination. Examples of the optical brightener include those commercially available, general formula [1] described in JP-A-2002-53824, and specific compound examples 1 to 35.
 前記高分子組成物に用いられる高分子物質について説明する。高分子物質としては、天然又は合成ポリマーもしくはコポリマーである。例えば以下のものが挙げられる。
<1> モノオレフィン及びジオレフィンのポリマー、例えばポリプロピレン、ポリイソブチレン、ポリブテ-1-エン、ポリ-4-メチルペンテ-1-エン、ポリビニルシクロヘキサン、ポリイソプレン又はポリブタジエン、並びにシクロオレフィン、例えばシクロペンテン又はノルボルネンのポリマー、ポリエチレン(所望により架橋され得る)、例えば高密度ポリエチレン(HDPE)、高密度及び高分子量ポリエチレン(HDPE-HMW)、高密度及び超高分子量ポリエチレン(HDPE-UHMW)、中密度ポリエチレン(MDPE)、低密度ポリエチレン(LDPE)、線状低密度ポリエチレン(LLDPE)、(VLDPE)及び(ULDPE)。
The polymer substance used for the polymer composition will be described. The polymeric material is a natural or synthetic polymer or copolymer. Examples include the following.
<1> Monoolefin and diolefin polymers such as polypropylene, polyisobutylene, polybut-1-ene, poly-4-methylpent-1-ene, polyvinylcyclohexane, polyisoprene or polybutadiene, and cycloolefins such as cyclopentene or norbornene Polymers, polyethylene (which can be optionally cross-linked) such as high density polyethylene (HDPE), high density and high molecular weight polyethylene (HDPE-HMW), high density and ultra high molecular weight polyethylene (HDPE-UHMW), medium density polyethylene (MDPE) Low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), (VLDPE) and (ULDPE).
 ポリオレフィン、すなわち前の段落において例示したモノオレフィンのポリマー、好ましくはポリエチレン及びポリプロピレンは、異なる方法によりそしてとりわけ以下の方法により調製され得る:
a)ラジカル重合(通常は高圧下において及び高められた温度において)。
b)通常、周期表のIVb、Vb、VIb又はVIII群の金属の一つ又はそれ以上を含む触媒を使用した触媒重合。これらの金属は通常、一つ又はそれ以上の配位子、典型的にはπ-又はσ-配位し得るオキシド、ハロゲン化物、アルコレート、エステル、エーテル、アミン、アルキル、アルケニル及び/又はアリールを有する。これらの金属錯体は遊離形態であるか、又は基材に、典型的には活性化塩化マグネシウム、チタン(III)クロリド、アルミナ又は酸化ケイ素に固定され得る。これらの触媒は、重合媒体中に可溶又は不溶であり得る。該触媒は重合においてそのまま使用され得、又は他の活性化剤、典型的には金属アルキル、金属ヒドリド、金属アルキルハライド、金属アルキルオキシドまたは金属アルキルオキサンであって、該金属が周期表のIa、IIa及び/又はIIIa群の元素であるものが使用されることができる。該活性化剤は、他のエステル、エーテル、アミン又はシリルエーテル基で都合良く変性され得る。これらの触媒系は、通常、フィリップス、スタンダード・オイル・インディアナ、チグラー(-ナッタ)、TNZ(デュポン)、メタロセン又はシングルサイト触媒(SSC)と命名される。
Polyolefins, ie the polymers of monoolefins exemplified in the previous paragraph, preferably polyethylene and polypropylene, can be prepared by different methods and especially by the following methods:
a) Radical polymerization (usually under high pressure and at elevated temperature).
b) Catalytic polymerization using a catalyst that normally contains one or more of the metals of groups IVb, Vb, VIb or VIII of the periodic table. These metals are usually one or more ligands, typically oxides, halides, alcoholates, esters, ethers, amines, alkyls, alkenyls and / or aryls that can be π- or σ-coordinated. Have These metal complexes can be in free form or fixed to a substrate, typically activated magnesium chloride, titanium (III) chloride, alumina or silicon oxide. These catalysts can be soluble or insoluble in the polymerization medium. The catalyst can be used as such in the polymerization or is another activator, typically a metal alkyl, metal hydride, metal alkyl halide, metal alkyl oxide or metal alkyl oxane, wherein the metal is Ia of the periodic table. , IIa and / or IIIa group elements can be used. The activator may be conveniently modified with other ester, ether, amine or silyl ether groups. These catalyst systems are usually named Phillips, Standard Oil Indiana, Ziegler (-Natta), TNZ (DuPont), metallocene or single site catalysts (SSC).
<2> 前記<1>項で言及されたポリマーの混合物、例えばポリプロピレンとポリイソブチレン、ポリプロピレンとポリエチレン(例えば、PP/HDPE、PP/LDPE)の混合物、及び異なる型のポリエチレンの混合物(例えば、LDPE/HDPE)。 <2> A mixture of polymers mentioned in the above <1>, for example, polypropylene and polyisobutylene, a mixture of polypropylene and polyethylene (for example, PP / HDPE, PP / LDPE), and a mixture of different types of polyethylene (for example, LDPE). / HDPE).
<3> モノオレフィン及びジオレフィンの互いの又は他のビニルモノマーとのコポリマー、例えばエチレン/プロピレンコポリマー、線状低密度ポリエチレン(LLDPE)及びそれの低密度ポリエチレン(LDPE)との混合物、プロピレン/ブテ-1-エンコポリマー、プロピレン/イソブチレンコポリマー、エチレン/ブテ-1-エンコポリマー、エチレン/ヘキセンコポリマー、エチレン/メチルペンテンコポリマー、エチレン/ヘプテンコポリマー、エチレン/オクテンコポリマー、エチレン/ビニルシクロヘキサンコポリマー、エチレン/シクロオレフィンコポリマー(例えば、COC(Cyclo-Olefin Copolymer)のようなエチレン/ノルボルネン)、1-オレフィンが現場で生成されるエチレン
/1-オレフィンコポリマー、プロピレン/ブタジエンコポリマー、イソブチレン/イソプレンコポリマー、エチレン/ビニルシクロヘキセンコポリマー、エチレン/アルキルアクリレートコポリマー、エチレン/アルキルメタクリレートコポリマー、エチレン/酢酸ビニルコポリマー又はエチレン/アクリル酸コポリマー及びそれらの塩(アイオノマー)、ならびにエチレンとプロピレン及びへキサジエン、ジシクロペンタジエン又はエチリデン-ノルボルネンのようなジエンとのターポリマー;及びそのようなコポリマーの互いの及び1)で上述したポリマーとの混合物、例えばポリプロピレン/エチレン-プロピレンコポリマー、LDPE/エチレン-酢酸ビニルコポリマー(EVA)、LDPE/エチレン-アクリル酸コポリマー(EAA)、LLDPE/EVA、LLDPE/EAA及び交互の又はランダムのポリアルキレン/一酸化炭素コポリマー及びそれらの他のポリマー、例えばポリアミドとの混合物。
<3> Copolymers of monoolefins and diolefins with each other or with other vinyl monomers, such as ethylene / propylene copolymers, linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE) and mixtures thereof with low density polyethylene (LDPE), propylene / propylene Te-1-ene copolymer, propylene / isobutylene copolymer, ethylene / but-1-ene copolymer, ethylene / hexene copolymer, ethylene / methylpentene copolymer, ethylene / heptene copolymer, ethylene / octene copolymer, ethylene / vinylcyclohexane copolymer, Ethylene / cycloolefin copolymers (eg ethylene / norbornene like COC (Cyclo-Olefin Copolymer)), ethylene / 1-olefin copolymers in which 1-olefins are produced in situ, propylene / Butadiene copolymer, isobutylene / isoprene copolymer, ethylene / vinylcyclohexene copolymer, ethylene / alkyl acrylate copolymer, ethylene / alkyl methacrylate copolymer, ethylene / vinyl acetate copolymer or ethylene / acrylic acid copolymer and their salts (ionomers), and ethylene and propylene And terpolymers with dienes such as hexadiene, dicyclopentadiene or ethylidene-norbornene; and mixtures of such copolymers with each other and with polymers mentioned above under 1), for example polypropylene / ethylene-propylene copolymers, LDPE / ethylene -Vinyl acetate copolymer (EVA), LDPE / ethylene-acrylic acid copolymer (EAA), LLDPE / EVA, LLDP / EAA and alternating or random polyalkylene / carbon monoxide copolymers and their other polymers, for example mixtures of polyamide.
<4> 水素化変性物(例えば粘着付与剤)を含む炭化水素樹脂(例えば炭素原子数5ないし9)及びポリアルキレン及びデンプンの混合物。 <4> A hydrocarbon resin (for example, having 5 to 9 carbon atoms) containing a hydrogenated product (for example, a tackifier) and a mixture of polyalkylene and starch.
 前記<1>ないし<4>項のホモポリマー及びコポリマーは、シンジオタクチック、アイソタクチック、ヘミ-アイソタクチック又はアタクチックを含むいずれの立体構造をも有し得;アタクチックポリマーが好ましい。ステレオブロックポリマーもまた含まれる。 The homopolymers and copolymers of <1> to <4> can have any stereostructure including syndiotactic, isotactic, hemi-isotactic or atactic; atactic polymers are preferred. Stereo block polymers are also included.
<5> ポリスチレン、ポリ(p-メチルスチレン)、ポリ(α-メチルスチレン)。 <5> Polystyrene, poly (p-methylstyrene), poly (α-methylstyrene).
<6> スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエンの全ての異性体、とりわけp-ビニルトルエン、エチルスチレン、プロピルスチレン、ビニルビフェニル、ビニルナフタレン、及びビニルアントラセンの全ての異性体、及びそれらの混合物を含む芳香族ビニルモノマーから誘導された芳香族ホモポリマー及びコポリマー。ホモポリマー及びコポリマーはシンジオタクチック、アイソタクチック、ヘミ-アイソタクチック又はアタクチックを含むいずれの立体構造をも有し得;アタクチックポリマーが好ましい。ステレオブロックポリマーもまた含まれる。 <6> All isomers of styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, especially all isomers of p-vinyltoluene, ethylstyrene, propylstyrene, vinylbiphenyl, vinylnaphthalene, and vinylanthracene, and mixtures thereof Aromatic homopolymers and copolymers derived from aromatic vinyl monomers containing. Homopolymers and copolymers can have any stereostructure including syndiotactic, isotactic, hemi-isotactic or atactic; where atactic polymers are preferred. Stereo block polymers are also included.
<6a> エチレン、プロピレン、ジエン、ニトリル、酸、マレイン酸無水物、マレイミド、酢酸ビニル及び塩化ビニル又はそのアクリル誘導体及び混合物から選択される上述された芳香族ビニルモノマー及びコモノマーを含むコポリマー、例えば、スチレン/ブタジエン、スチレン/アクリロニトリル、スチレン/エチレン(共重合体)、スチレン/アルキルメタクリレート、スチレン/ブタジエン/アルキルアクリレート、スチレン/ブタジエン/アルキルメタクリレート、スチレン/マレイン酸無水物、スチレン/アクリロニトリル/メチルアクリレート;スチレンコポリマー及び他のポリマー、例えばポリアクリレート、ジエンポリマー又はエチレン/プロピレン/ジエンターポリマーの高耐衝撃性の混合物;及びスチレン/ブタジエン/スチレン、スチレン/イソプレン/スチレン、スチレン/エチレン/ブチレン/スチレン又はスチレン/エチレン/プロピレン/スチレンのようなスチレンのブロックコポリマー。 <6a> Copolymers comprising the above-mentioned aromatic vinyl monomers and comonomers selected from ethylene, propylene, dienes, nitriles, acids, maleic anhydride, maleimide, vinyl acetate and vinyl chloride or acrylic derivatives and mixtures thereof, for example Styrene / butadiene, styrene / acrylonitrile, styrene / ethylene (copolymer), styrene / alkyl methacrylate, styrene / butadiene / alkyl acrylate, styrene / butadiene / alkyl methacrylate, styrene / maleic anhydride, styrene / acrylonitrile / methyl acrylate; High impact resistant mixtures of styrene copolymers and other polymers such as polyacrylates, diene polymers or ethylene / propylene / diene terpolymers; and styrene / butadiene On / styrene, styrene / isoprene / styrene, styrene / ethylene / butylene / styrene or styrene / ethylene / propylene / styrene block copolymers such as styrene.
<6b> 前記<6>項で言及されたポリマーの水素化から誘導された水素化芳香族ポリマー、とりわけアタクチックポリスチレンを水素化することにより調製され、しばしばポリビニルシクロヘキサン(PVCH)として言及されるポリシクロヘキシルエチレン(PCHE)を含む。 <6b> prepared by hydrogenating a hydrogenated aromatic polymer, especially atactic polystyrene, derived from hydrogenation of the polymer referred to in <6> above, often referred to as polyvinylcyclohexane (PVCH) Includes cyclohexylethylene (PCHE).
<6c> 前記<6a>項で言及されたポリマーの水素化から誘導された水素化芳香族ポリマー。 <6c> Hydrogenated aromatic polymer derived from the hydrogenation of the polymer mentioned in the section <6a>.
 ホモポリマー及びコポリマーはシンジオタクチック、アイソタクチック、ヘミ-アイソタクチック又はアタクチックを含むいずれの立体構造をも有し得;アタクチックポリマーが好ましい。ステレオブロックポリマーもまた含まれる。 Homopolymers and copolymers can have any stereostructure including syndiotactic, isotactic, hemi-isotactic or atactic; atactic polymers are preferred. Stereo block polymers are also included.
<7> スチレン又はα-メチルスチレンのような芳香族ビニルモノマーのグラフトコポリマー、例えばポリブタジエンにスチレン、ポリブタジエン-スチレン又はポリブタジエン-アクリロニトリルコポリマーにスチレン;ポリブタジエンにスチレン及びアクリロニトリル(又はメタクリロニトリル);ポリブタジエンにスチレン、アクリロニトリル及びメチルメタクリレート;ポリブタジエンにスチレン及びマレイン酸無水物;ポリブタジエンにスチレン、アクリロニトリル及びマレイン酸無水物又はマレイミド;ポリブタジエンにスチレン及びマレイミド;ポリブタジエンにスチレン及びアルキルアクリレート又はメタクリレート;エチレン/プロピレン/ジエンターポリマーにスチレン及びアクリロニトリル;ポリアルキルアクリレート又はポリアルキルメタクリレートにスチレン及びアクリロニトリル;アクリレート/ブタジエンコポリマーにスチレン及びアクリロニトリル、並びにそれらの前記<6>項に列挙されたコポリマーとの混合物、例えばABS、SAN、MBS、ASA又はAESポリマーとして既知であるコポリマー混合物。 <7> Graft copolymer of aromatic vinyl monomer such as styrene or α-methylstyrene, eg styrene to polybutadiene, styrene to polybutadiene-styrene or polybutadiene-acrylonitrile copolymer; styrene and acrylonitrile (or methacrylonitrile) to polybutadiene; Styrene, acrylonitrile and methyl methacrylate; styrene and maleic anhydride to polybutadiene; styrene, acrylonitrile and maleic anhydride or maleimide to polybutadiene; styrene and maleimide to polybutadiene; styrene and alkyl acrylate or methacrylate to polybutadiene; ethylene / propylene / dienter Styrene and acrylonitrile as polymer; polyalkyl acrylate Known as styrene and acrylonitrile to styrene or acrylonitrile; styrene / acrylonitrile to acrylate / butadiene copolymers, and mixtures thereof with the copolymers listed in <6> above, eg ABS, SAN, MBS, ASA or AES polymers A copolymer mixture.
<8> ポリクロロプレン、塩素化ゴム、イソブチレン-イソプレンの塩素化及び臭素化コポリマー(ハロブチルゴム)、塩素化又はスルホ塩素化ポリエチレン、エチレン及び塩素化エチレンのコポリマー、エピクロロヒドリンホモ-及びコポリマー、とりわけハロゲン含有ビニル化合物のポリマー、例えばポリ塩化ビニル、ポリ塩化ビニリデン、ポリフッ化ビニル、ボリフッ化ビニリデン、ならびに塩化ビニル/塩化ビニリデン、塩化ビニル/酢酸ビニル又は塩化ビニリデン/酢酸ビニルコポリマーのようなそれらのコポリマー、のようなハロゲン含有ポリマー。 <8> Polychloroprene, chlorinated rubber, chlorinated and brominated copolymers of isobutylene-isoprene (halobutyl rubber), chlorinated or sulfochlorinated polyethylene, copolymers of ethylene and chlorinated ethylene, epichlorohydrin homo- and copolymers, In particular, polymers of halogen-containing vinyl compounds, such as polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, polyvinyl fluoride, polyvinylidene fluoride, and their copolymers such as vinyl chloride / vinylidene chloride, vinyl chloride / vinyl acetate or vinylidene chloride / vinyl acetate copolymers Halogen-containing polymers such as
<9> α,β-不飽和酸及びから誘導されたポリマー、及びポリアクリレート及びポリメタクリレートのようなその誘導体;ブチルアクリレートで耐衝撃改善されたポリメチルメタクリレート、ポリアクリルアミド及びポリアクリロニトリル。 <9> Polymers derived from α, β-unsaturated acids and their derivatives such as polyacrylates and polymethacrylates; polymethylmethacrylates, polyacrylamides and polyacrylonitriles with impact resistance improved with butylacrylate.
<10> 前記<9>項で言及されたモノマーの互いの又は他の不飽和モノマーとのコポリマー、例えばアクリロニトリル/ブタジエンコポリマー、アクリロニトリル/アルキルアクリレートコポリマー、アクリロニトリル/アルコキシアルキルアクリレート又はアクリロニトリル/ビニルハライドコポリマー又はアクリロニトリル/アルキルメタクリレート/ブタジエンターポリマー。 <10> Copolymers of the monomers mentioned in the above <9> with each other or with other unsaturated monomers, such as acrylonitrile / butadiene copolymer, acrylonitrile / alkyl acrylate copolymer, acrylonitrile / alkoxyalkyl acrylate or acrylonitrile / vinyl halide copolymer or Acrylonitrile / alkyl methacrylate / butadiene terpolymer.
<11> 不飽和アルコール及びアミンから誘導されたポリマー又はそれらのアシル誘導体又はアセタール、例えばポリビニルアルコール、ポリ酢酸ビニル、ポリビニルステアレート、ポリビニルベンゾエート、ポリビニルマレエート、ポリビニルブチラール、ポリアリルフタレート又はポリアリルメラミン;ならびに前記<1>項で言及されたオレフィンとそれらのコポリマー。 <11> Polymers derived from unsaturated alcohols and amines or acyl derivatives or acetals thereof, such as polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl acetate, polyvinyl stearate, polyvinyl benzoate, polyvinyl maleate, polyvinyl butyral, polyallyl phthalate or polyallyl melamine As well as the olefins and copolymers thereof mentioned in <1> above.
<12> ポリアルキレングリコール、ボリエチレンオキシド、ポリプロピレンオキシドまたはビスグリシジルエーテルとそれらのコポリマーのような環式エーテルのホモポリマー及びコポリマー。 <12> Homopolymers and copolymers of cyclic ethers such as polyalkylene glycol, polyethylene oxide, polypropylene oxide or bisglycidyl ether and copolymers thereof.
<13> ポリオキシメチレン及びコモノマーとしてエチレンオキシドを含むポリオキシメチレンのようなポリアセタール;熱可塑性ポリウレタン、アクリレートまたはMBSで変性されたポリアセタール。 <13> Polyacetals such as polyoxymethylene and polyoxymethylene containing ethylene oxide as a comonomer; polyacetals modified with thermoplastic polyurethane, acrylate or MBS.
<14> ポリフェニレンオキシド及びスルフィド、及びポリフェニレンオキシドとスチレンポリマー又はポリアミドとの混合物。 <14> Polyphenylene oxide and sulfide, and a mixture of polyphenylene oxide and styrene polymer or polyamide.
<15> 一方はヒドロキシル基末端を有するポリエーテル、ポリエステル及びポリブタジエンと、他方は脂肪族又は芳香族のポリイソシアナートから誘導されたポリウレタン、ならびにそれらの前駆体。 <15> Polyurethanes derived from hydroxyl-terminated polyethers, polyesters and polybutadienes, and the other from aliphatic or aromatic polyisocyanates, and precursors thereof.
<16> ジアミシとジカルボン酸から及び/又はアミノカルボン酸又は対応するラクタムから誘導されたポリアミド及びコポリアミド、例えばポリアミド4、ポリアミド6、ポリアミド6/6、6/10、6/9、6/12、4/6、12/12、ポリアミド11、ポリアミド12、m-キシレンジアミン及びアジピン酸から開始した芳香族ポリアミド;へキサメチレンジアミン及びイソフタル酸及び/又はテレフタル酸から及び変性剤としてのエラストマーを用いて又は用いずに調製されたポリアミド、例えばポリ-2,4,4-トリメチルヘキサメチレンテレフタルアミド又はポリ-m-フェニレンイソフタルアミド:及び上述されたポリアミドとポリオレフィン、オレフィンコポリマー、アイオノマー又は化学的に結合されたか又はグラフトされたエラストマーとのブロックコポリマー;又は例えばポリエチレングリコール、ポリプロピレングリコール又はポリテトラメチレングリコールのようなポリエーテルとのブロックコポリマー;ならびにEPDM又はABSで変性されたポリアミド又はコポリアミド;及び加工の間に縮合されたポリアミド(RIMポリアミド系)。 <16> Polyamides and copolyamides derived from diamis and dicarboxylic acids and / or from aminocarboxylic acids or the corresponding lactams, for example polyamide 4, polyamide 6, polyamide 6/6, 6/10, 6/9, 6/12 4/6, 12/12, polyamide 11, polyamide 12, aromatic polyamides starting from m-xylenediamine and adipic acid; from hexamethylenediamine and isophthalic acid and / or terephthalic acid and using elastomers as modifiers Polyamides prepared with or without use, such as poly-2,4,4-trimethylhexamethylene terephthalamide or poly-m-phenylene isophthalamide: and polyamides and polyolefins, olefin copolymers, ionomers or chemically bonded as described above Or Block copolymers with rafted elastomers; or block copolymers with polyethers such as polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol or polytetramethylene glycol; and polyamides or copolyamides modified with EPDM or ABS; and condensation during processing Polyamide (RIM polyamide system).
<17> ポリ尿素、ポリイミド、ボリアミド-イミド、ポリエーテルイミド、ポリエステルイミド、ポリヒダントイン及びポリベンズイミダゾール。 <17> Polyurea, polyimide, polyamido-imide, polyetherimide, polyesterimide, polyhydantoin and polybenzimidazole.
<18> ジカルボン酸とジオールから及び/又はヒドロキシカルボン酸又は対応するラクトンから誘導されたポリエステル、例えばポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリ-1,4-ジメチロールシクロヘキサンテレフタレート、ポリアルキレンナフタレート(PAN)及びポリヒドロキシベンゾエート、ならびにヒドロキシル末端ポリエーテルから誘導されたブロックコポリエーテルエステル;及びまたポリカーボネート又はMBSで変性されたポリエステル。米国特許第5,807,932号明細書(2欄、53行)で定義されたようなポリエステル及びポリエステルコポリマーは、参照としてここに組込まれる。 <18> Polyesters derived from dicarboxylic acids and diols and / or from hydroxycarboxylic acids or the corresponding lactones, such as polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, poly-1,4-dimethylolcyclohexane terephthalate, polyalkylene naphthalate (PAN) Block copolyetheresters derived from polyhydroxybenzoates and hydroxyl-terminated polyethers; and also polyesters modified with polycarbonate or MBS. Polyesters and polyester copolymers as defined in US Pat. No. 5,807,932 (column 2, line 53) are incorporated herein by reference.
<19> ポリカーボネート及びポリエステルカーボネート。 <19> Polycarbonate and polyester carbonate.
<20> ポリケトン。 <20> Polyketone.
<21> ポリスルホン、ポリエーテルスルホン及びポリエーテルケトン。 <21> Polysulfone, polyethersulfone and polyetherketone.
<22> 一成分としてのアルデヒドと他成分としてのフェノール、尿素及びメラミンとから誘導された架橋ポリマー、例えばフェノール/ホルムアルデヒド樹脂、尿素/ホルムアルデヒド樹脂及びメラミン/ホルムアルデヒド樹脂。 <22> Crosslinked polymers derived from aldehyde as one component and phenol, urea and melamine as other components, such as phenol / formaldehyde resin, urea / formaldehyde resin and melamine / formaldehyde resin.
<23> 乾性及び非乾性アルキド樹脂。 <23> Dry and non-dry alkyd resins.
<24> 飽和及び不飽和ジカルボン酸と多価アルコールと架橋剤としてのビニル化合物とから誘導された不飽和ポリエステル樹脂、及び更に低燃性のそのハロゲン含有変性体。 <24> Unsaturated polyester resins derived from saturated and unsaturated dicarboxylic acids, polyhydric alcohols, and vinyl compounds as crosslinking agents, and further halogen-containing modified products thereof having low flame retardancy.
<25> 置換アクリレート、例えばエポキシアクリレート、ウレタンアクリレート又はポリエステルアクリレートから誘導された架橋性アクリル樹脂。 <25> Crosslinkable acrylic resins derived from substituted acrylates such as epoxy acrylate, urethane acrylate or polyester acrylate.
<26> メラミン樹脂、尿素樹脂、イソシアネート、イソシアヌレート、ポリイソシアネート又はエポキシ樹脂を用いて架橋されたアルキド樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂及びアクリレート樹脂。 <26> Alkyd resins, polyester resins and acrylate resins crosslinked with melamine resins, urea resins, isocyanates, isocyanurates, polyisocyanates or epoxy resins.
<27> 脂肪族、脂環式、複素環式又は芳香族グリシジル化合物から誘導された架橋エポキシ樹脂、例えば、促進剤を用いて又は用いずに、無水物又はアミンのような慣例の硬化剤で架橋されている、ビスフェノールA及びビスフェノールFのグリシジルエーテル生成物。 <27> Crosslinked epoxy resins derived from aliphatic, alicyclic, heterocyclic or aromatic glycidyl compounds, eg, with conventional curing agents such as anhydrides or amines, with or without accelerators Crosslinked glycidyl ether products of bisphenol A and bisphenol F.
<28> 天然ポリマー、例えばセルロース、ゴム、ゼラチン及び化学的に変性されたそれらの同族列の誘導体、例えばセルロースアセテート、セルロースプロピオネート及びセルロースブチレート、又はセルロースエーテル、例えばメチルセルロース;並びにロジン及びそれらの誘導体。 <28> Natural polymers such as cellulose, rubber, gelatin and chemically modified derivatives of their homologous series such as cellulose acetate, cellulose propionate and cellulose butyrate, or cellulose ethers such as methylcellulose; and rosin and them Derivatives of
<29> 上述のポリマーの配合物(ポリブレンド)、例えばPP/EPDM、ポリアミド/EPDM又はABS、PVC/EVA、PVC/ABS、PVC/MBS、PC/ABS、PBTP/ABS、PC/ASA、PC/PBT、PVC/CPE、PVC/アクリレート、POM/熱可塑性PUR、PC/熱可塑性PUR、POM/アクリレート、POM/MBS、PPO/HIPS、PPO/PA6.6及びコポリマー、PA/HDPE、PA/PP、PA/PPO、PBT/PC/ABS又はPBT/PET/PC。 <29> Blends (polyblends) of the above polymers, such as PP / EPDM, polyamide / EPDM or ABS, PVC / EVA, PVC / ABS, PVC / MBS, PC / ABS, PBTP / ABS, PC / ASA, PC / PBT, PVC / CPE, PVC / acrylate, POM / thermoplastic PUR, PC / thermoplastic PUR, POM / acrylate, POM / MBS, PPO / HIPS, PPO / PA6.6 and copolymers, PA / HDPE, PA / PP PA / PPO, PBT / PC / ABS or PBT / PET / PC.
<30> 純粋なモノマー状化合物又は前記化合物の混合物である天然及び合成有機材料、例えば鉱油、動物及び植物脂肪、油及びワックス、又は合成エステル(例えばフタレート、アジペート、ホスフェート又はトリメリテート)をベースとする油、脂肪及びワックス、及び更に何れかの質量比の合成エステルと鉱油との混合物、代表的には繊維紡糸組成物として使用される混合物、並びに前記材料の水性エマルジョン。 <30> based on pure monomeric compounds or natural and synthetic organic materials which are mixtures of said compounds, such as mineral oil, animal and vegetable fats, oils and waxes, or synthetic esters (for example phthalate, adipate, phosphate or trimellitate) Mixtures of oils, fats and waxes and any mass ratio of synthetic esters and mineral oils, typically mixtures used as fiber spinning compositions, and aqueous emulsions of said materials.
<31> 天然又は合成ゴムの水性エマルジョン、例えば天然ラテックス又はカルボキシル化スチレン/ブタジエンコポリマーのラテックス。 <31> An aqueous emulsion of natural or synthetic rubber, such as natural latex or latex of carboxylated styrene / butadiene copolymer.
<32> ポリシロキサン類、例えば、アメリカ合衆国特許第4259467号明細書に記載された軟質、親水性のポリシロキサン、及び、例えば、アメリカ合衆国特許第4355147号明細書に記載された硬質ポリオルガノシロキサン。 <32> Polysiloxanes such as soft and hydrophilic polysiloxanes described in US Pat. No. 4,259,467 and hard polyorganosiloxanes described in US Pat. No. 4,355,147.
<33> 不飽和アクリルポリアセトアセテート樹脂と又は不飽和アクリル樹脂と組み合わせたポリケチミン。前記不飽和アクリル樹脂はウレタンアクリレート、ポリエステルアクリレート、ペンダント不飽和基を持つビニル若しくはアクリルコポリマー、及びアクリル化されたメラミンを包含する。前記ポリケチミンは、酸触媒の存在下で、ポリアミンとケトンから製造される。 <33> Polyketimine combined with unsaturated acrylic polyacetoacetate resin or unsaturated acrylic resin. The unsaturated acrylic resin includes urethane acrylate, polyester acrylate, vinyl or acrylic copolymer having pendant unsaturated groups, and acrylated melamine. The polyketimine is produced from a polyamine and a ketone in the presence of an acid catalyst.
<34> エチレン性不飽和モノマー又はオリゴマー及び多不飽和脂肪族オリゴマーを含む輻射線硬化性組成物。 <34> A radiation curable composition containing an ethylenically unsaturated monomer or oligomer and a polyunsaturated aliphatic oligomer.
<35> LSE-4103[商品名、モンサント(Monsanto)社製]のようなエポキシ官能性の共エーテル化された高固形分メラミン樹脂により架橋された光安定化エポキシ樹脂のようなエポキシメラミン樹脂。 <35> An epoxy melamine resin such as a light-stabilized epoxy resin crosslinked with an epoxy-functional co-etherified high solid content melamine resin such as LSE-4103 (trade name, manufactured by Monsanto).
 本発明に用いられる高分子物質は、合成ポリマーである場合が好ましく、ポリオレフィン、アクリル系ポリマー、ポリエステル、ポリカーボネート、セルロースエステルがより好ましい。中でも、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリ(4-メチルペンテン)、ポリメタクリル酸メチル、ポリカーボネート、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、トリアセチルセルロースが特に好ましい。
 本発明に用いられる高分子物質は、熱可塑性樹脂であることが好ましい。
The polymer substance used in the present invention is preferably a synthetic polymer, more preferably a polyolefin, an acrylic polymer, polyester, polycarbonate, or cellulose ester. Among these, polyethylene, polypropylene, poly (4-methylpentene), polymethyl methacrylate, polycarbonate, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, and triacetyl cellulose are particularly preferable.
The polymer substance used in the present invention is preferably a thermoplastic resin.
 本発明の固体高分子材料は、上記の高分子物質および紫外線吸収剤組成物に加えて、必要に応じて酸化防止剤、光安定剤、加工安定剤、老化防止剤、相溶化剤等の任意の添加剤を適宜含有してもよい。 The solid polymer material of the present invention may contain any of antioxidants, light stabilizers, processing stabilizers, anti-aging agents, compatibilizers and the like as necessary in addition to the above-described polymer substance and ultraviolet absorber composition. These additives may be appropriately contained.
 本発明の固体高分子材料は前記高分子物質を用いてなる。本発明の固体高分子材料は、前記高分子物質および紫外線吸収剤組成物のみから形成されたものでもよく、また、前記高分子物質を任意の溶媒に溶解して形成されたものでもよい。 The solid polymer material of the present invention uses the polymer substance. The solid polymer material of the present invention may be formed only from the polymer substance and the ultraviolet absorber composition, or may be formed by dissolving the polymer substance in an arbitrary solvent.
 本発明の固体高分子材料は、光線透過率が、370nmにおいて10%以下かつ410nmにおいて70%以上である。好ましくは370nmにおいて5%以下かつ410nmにおいて70%以上である。更に好ましくは370nmにおいて1%以下かつ410nmにおいて70%以上である。370nmにおける下限は特にないが0.0001%以上であることが実際的である。また、410nmにおける上限は特にないが98%以下であることが実際的である。光線透過率の測定は、特に限定されないが、例えば島津製作所製分光光度計UV-3600(商品名)を用いることができる。 The solid polymer material of the present invention has a light transmittance of 10% or less at 370 nm and 70% or more at 410 nm. Preferably, it is 5% or less at 370 nm and 70% or more at 410 nm. More preferably, it is 1% or less at 370 nm and 70% or more at 410 nm. Although there is no particular lower limit at 370 nm, it is practical that it is 0.0001% or more. Moreover, although there is no upper limit in particular in 410 nm, it is practical that it is 98% or less. The measurement of light transmittance is not particularly limited. For example, a spectrophotometer UV-3600 (trade name) manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation can be used.
 本発明の固体高分子材料は、合成樹脂が使用される全ての用途に使用可能であるが、特に日光又は紫外線を含む光に晒される可能性のある用途に特に好適に使用できる。具体例としては、例えばガラス代替品とその表面コーティング材、住居、施設、輸送機器等の窓ガラス、採光ガラス及び光源保護ガラス用のコーティング材、住居、施設、輸送機器等の内外装材及び内外装用塗料、蛍光灯、水銀灯等の紫外線を発する光源用部材、精密機械、電子電気機器用部材、各種ディスプレイから発生する電磁波等の遮断用材、食品、化学品、薬品等の容器又は包装材、農工業用シート又はフィルム材、印刷物、染色物、染顔料等の退色防止剤、日焼け止めクリーム、シャンプー、リンス、整髪料等の化粧品、スポーツウェア、ストッキング、帽子等の衣料用繊維製品及び繊維、カーテン、絨毯、壁紙等の家庭用内装品、プラスチックレンズ、コンタクトレンズ、義眼等の医療用器具、光学フィルタ、プリズム、鏡、写真材料等の光学用品、テープ、インク等の文房具、標示板、標示器等とその表面コーティング材等を挙げることができる。 The solid polymer material of the present invention can be used for all applications in which a synthetic resin is used, but can be particularly preferably used for applications that may be exposed to sunlight or light including ultraviolet rays. Specific examples include, for example, glass substitutes and surface coating materials thereof, window glass for houses, facilities, and transportation equipment, coating materials for daylighting glass and light source protection glass, interior and exterior materials and interior and exterior materials for housing, facilities, and transportation equipment. Materials for light sources that emit ultraviolet rays such as clothing paints, fluorescent lamps, mercury lamps, precision machinery, components for electronic and electrical equipment, shielding materials for electromagnetic waves generated from various displays, containers or packaging materials for food, chemicals, chemicals, etc. Industrial sheet or film material, anti-fading agent such as printed matter, dyed matter and dyeing pigment, sunscreen cream, shampoo, rinse, hairdressing and other cosmetics, sportswear, stockings, hats and other clothing textiles and fibers, curtains , Carpets, wallpaper and other home interior goods, plastic lenses, contact lenses, artificial eyes and other medical instruments, optical filters, prisms, mirrors, photo Optical articles such as the material, a tape, such as ink stationery, sign plate, and a marking device such as a surface coating material or the like.
 本発明の固体高分子材料の形状としては、平膜状、粉状、球状粒子、破砕粒子、塊状連続体、繊維状、管状、中空糸状、粒状、板状、多孔質状などのいずれの形状であってもよい。 As the shape of the solid polymer material of the present invention, any shape such as a flat film shape, a powder shape, a spherical particle, a crushed particle, a massive continuous body, a fiber shape, a tubular shape, a hollow fiber shape, a granular shape, a plate shape, a porous shape, etc. It may be.
 本発明の固体高分子材料は、紫外線吸収剤(A)及び(B)からなる組成物を含有しているため、優れた耐光性(紫外光堅牢性)を有しており、紫外線吸収剤の析出や長期使用によるブリードアウトが生じることがない。また、本発明の高分子材料は、優れた長波紫外線吸収能を有するので、紫外線吸収フィルタや容器として用いることができ、紫外線に弱い化合物などを保護することもできる。例えば、前記高分子物質を押出成形又は射出成形などの任意の方法により成形することで、本発明の高分子材料からなる成形品(容器等)を得ることができる。また、別途作製した成形品に前記高分子物質の溶液を塗布・乾燥することで、本発明の高分子材料からなる紫外線吸収膜がコーティングされた成形品を得ることもできる。 Since the solid polymer material of the present invention contains a composition comprising the ultraviolet absorbers (A) and (B), it has excellent light resistance (ultraviolet light fastness). No bleed out due to precipitation or long-term use. In addition, since the polymer material of the present invention has an excellent long-wave ultraviolet absorbing ability, it can be used as an ultraviolet absorbing filter or a container, and can protect compounds that are sensitive to ultraviolet rays. For example, a molded product (such as a container) made of the polymer material of the present invention can be obtained by molding the polymer substance by any method such as extrusion molding or injection molding. In addition, a molded article coated with the ultraviolet absorbing film made of the polymer material of the present invention can be obtained by applying and drying the polymer substance solution to a separately produced molded article.
 本発明の固体高分子材料を紫外線吸収フィルタや紫外線吸収膜として用いる場合、高分子物質は透明であることが好ましい。透明高分子材料の例としては、セルロースエステル(例、ジアセチルセルロース、トリアセチルセルロース(TAC)、プロピオニルセルロース、ブチリルセルロース、アセチルプロピオニルセルロース、ニトロセルロース)、ポリアミド、ポリカーボネート、ポリエステル(例、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリ-1,4-シクロヘキサンジメチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレン-1,2-ジフェノキシエタン-4,4’-ジカルボキシレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート)、ポリスチレン(例、シンジオタクチックポリスチレン)、ポリオレフィン(例、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリメチルペンテン)、ポリメチルメタクリレート、シンジオタクチックポリスチレン、ポリスルホン、ポリエーテルスルホン、ポリエーテルケトン、ポリエーテルイミドおよびポリオキシエチレンなどが挙げられる。好ましくはセルロースエステル、ポリカーボネート、ポリエステル、ポリオレフィン、アクリル樹脂である。本発明の高分子材料は透明支持体として用いることもでき、透明支持体の透過率は80%以上であることが好ましく、86%以上であることがさらに好ましい。 When the solid polymer material of the present invention is used as an ultraviolet absorption filter or an ultraviolet absorption film, the polymer substance is preferably transparent. Examples of transparent polymer materials include cellulose esters (eg, diacetylcellulose, triacetylcellulose (TAC), propionylcellulose, butyrylcellulose, acetylpropionylcellulose, nitrocellulose), polyamides, polycarbonates, polyesters (eg, polyethylene terephthalate, Polyethylene naphthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, poly-1,4-cyclohexanedimethylene terephthalate, polyethylene-1,2-diphenoxyethane-4,4′-dicarboxylate, polybutylene terephthalate), polystyrene (eg, syndiotactic) Polystyrene), polyolefin (eg, polyethylene, polypropylene, polymethylpentene), polymethyl methacrylate, syndiotactic polystyrene Emissions, polysulfone, polyether sulfone, polyether ketone, polyether imide and polyoxyethylene. Preferred are cellulose ester, polycarbonate, polyester, polyolefin, and acrylic resin. The polymer material of the present invention can also be used as a transparent support, and the transmittance of the transparent support is preferably 80% or more, and more preferably 86% or more.
 本発明の固体高分子材料を含む包装材料について説明する。本発明の固体高分子材料を含む包装材料は、前記紫外線吸収剤(A)及び(B)を含むものであればいずれの種類の高分子から成る包装材料であってもよい。例えば、特開平8-208765号公報に記載の熱可塑性樹脂、特開平8-151455号公報に記載のポリビニルアルコール、特開平8-245849号公報に記載のポリ塩化ビニル、特開平10-168292号公報、特開2004-285189号公報に記載のポリエステル、特開2001-323082号公報に記載の熱収縮性ポリエステル、特開平10-298397号公報に記載のスチレン系樹脂、特開平11-315175号公報、特開2001-26081号公報、特開2005-305745号公報に記載のポリオレフィン、特表2003-524019号公報に記載のROMPなどが挙げられる。例えば特開2004-50460号公報、特開2004-243674号公報に記載の無機物の蒸着薄膜層を有する樹脂であってもよい。例えば特開2006-240734号公報に記載の紫外線吸収剤を含む樹脂を塗布した紙であってもよい。 The packaging material containing the solid polymer material of the present invention will be described. The packaging material containing the solid polymer material of the present invention may be a packaging material made of any kind of polymer as long as it contains the ultraviolet absorbers (A) and (B). For example, the thermoplastic resin described in JP-A-8-208765, the polyvinyl alcohol described in JP-A-8-15155, the polyvinyl chloride described in JP-A-8-245849, and JP-A-10-168292 , Polyester described in JP-A-2004-285189, heat-shrinkable polyester described in JP-A-2001-323082, styrene resin described in JP-A-10-298397, JP-A-11-315175, Examples thereof include polyolefins described in JP-A-2001-26081 and JP-A-2005-305745, ROMP described in JP-T-2003-524019, and the like. For example, a resin having an inorganic vapor-deposited thin film layer described in JP-A-2004-50460 and JP-A-2004-243674 may be used. For example, it may be paper coated with a resin containing an ultraviolet absorber described in JP-A-2006-240734.
 本発明の固体高分子材料を含む包装材料は、食料品、飲料、薬剤、化粧品、個人ケア用品等いずれのものを包装するものであってもよい。例えば、特開平11-34261号公報、特開2003-237825号公報に記載の食品包装、特開平8-80928号公報に記載の着色液体包装、特開2004-51174号公報に記載の液状製剤用包装、特開平8-301363号公報、特開平11-276550号公報に記載の医薬品容器包装、特開2006-271781号公報に記載の医療品用滅菌包装、特開平7-287353号公報に記載の写真感光材料包装、特開2000-56433号公報に記載の写真フィルム包装、特開2005-178832号公報に記載の紫外線硬化型インク用包装、特開2003-200966号公報、特開2006-323339号公報に記載のシュリンクラベルなどが挙げられる。 The packaging material containing the solid polymer material of the present invention may package any foods, beverages, drugs, cosmetics, personal care products and the like. For example, food packaging described in JP-A-11-34261, JP-A-2003-237825, colored liquid packaging described in JP-A-8-80928, liquid formulation described in JP-A-2004-51174 Packaging, pharmaceutical container packaging described in JP-A-8-301363, JP-A-11-276550, sterilization packaging for medical products described in JP-A-66-27171, publication described in JP-A-7-287353 Photosensitive material packaging, photographic film packaging described in JP-A-2000-56433, UV-curable ink packaging described in JP-A-2005-178832, JP-A-2003-200966, JP-A-2006-323339 The shrink label etc. which are described in the gazette are mentioned.
 本発明の固体高分子材料を含む包装材料は、例えば特開2004-51174号公報に記載の透明包装体であってもよいし、例えば特開2006-224317号公報に記載の遮光性包装体であってもよい。 The packaging material containing the solid polymer material of the present invention may be, for example, a transparent packaging body described in JP-A-2004-51174, or, for example, a light-shielding packaging body described in JP-A-2006-224317. There may be.
 本発明の固体高分子材料を含む包装材料は、例えば特開2001-26081号公報、特開2005-305745号公報に記載のように紫外線遮蔽性を有するだけでなく、他の性能を合わせて持っていても良い。例えば特開2002-160321号公報に記載のガスバリヤー性を合わせて有するものや、例えば特開2005-156220号公報に記載の酸素インジケータを内包するものや、例えば特開2005-146278号公報に記載の紫外線吸収剤と蛍光増白剤を組み合わせるものなどが挙げられる。 The packaging material containing the solid polymer material of the present invention has not only ultraviolet shielding properties as described in, for example, JP-A-2001-26081 and JP-A-2005-305745, but also other performances. May be. For example, those having gas barrier properties described in JP-A-2002-160321, those containing an oxygen indicator described in JP-A-2005-156220, for example, described in JP-A-2005-146278 And a combination of an ultraviolet absorber and an optical brightener.
 本発明の固体高分子材料を含む包装材料は、いずれの方法を用いて製造してもよい。例えば特開2006-130807号公報に記載のインキ層を形成させる方法、例えば特開2001-323082号公報、特開2005-305745号公報に記載の紫外線吸収剤を含有した樹脂を溶融押出し積層する方法、例えば特開平9-142539号公報に記載の基材フィルム上にコーティングする方法、例えば特開平9-157626号公報に記載の接着剤に紫外線吸収剤を分散する方法などが挙げられる。 The packaging material containing the solid polymer material of the present invention may be manufactured using any method. For example, a method of forming an ink layer described in JP-A-2006-130807, for example, a method of melt-extruding and laminating a resin containing an ultraviolet absorber described in JP-A-2001-323082 and JP-A-2005-305745 For example, a method of coating on a substrate film described in JP-A-9-145539, for example, a method of dispersing an ultraviolet absorber in an adhesive described in JP-A-9-57626, and the like can be mentioned.
 本発明の固体高分子材料を含む容器について説明する。本発明の固体高分子材料を含む容器は、前記紫外線吸収剤(A)及び(B)を含むものであればいずれの種類の高分子から成る容器であってもよい。例えば、特開平8-324572号公報に記載の熱可塑性樹脂容器、特開2001-48153号公報、特開2005-105004号公報、特開2006-1568号公報に記載のポリエステル製容器、特開2000-238857号公報に記載のポリエチレンナフタレート製容器、特開2001-88815号公報に記載のポリエチレン製容器、特開平7-216152号公報に記載の環状オレフィン系樹脂組成物製容器、特開2001-270531号公報に記載のプラスチック容器、特開2004-83858号公報に記載の透明ポリアミド容器などが挙げられる。例えば特開2001-114262号公報、特開2001-213427号公報に記載の樹脂を含む紙容器であってもよい。例えば特開平7-242444号公報、特開平8-133787号公報、特開2005-320408号公報に記載の紫外線吸収層を有するガラス容器であってもよい。 The container containing the solid polymer material of the present invention will be described. The container containing the solid polymer material of the present invention may be a container made of any kind of polymer as long as it contains the ultraviolet absorbers (A) and (B). For example, a thermoplastic resin container described in JP-A-8-324572, a polyester container described in JP-A-2001-48153, JP-A 2005-105004, JP-A 2006-1568, JP-A 2000 Polyethylene naphthalate container described in JP-A-238857, polyethylene container described in JP-A-2001-88815, cyclic olefin resin composition container described in JP-A-7-216152, JP-A-2001- Examples thereof include a plastic container described in Japanese Patent No. 270531 and a transparent polyamide container described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-83858. For example, it may be a paper container containing a resin described in JP-A-2001-114262 and JP-A-2001-213427. For example, a glass container having an ultraviolet absorbing layer described in JP-A-7-242444, JP-A-8-133787, and JP-A-2005-320408 may be used.
 本発明の固体高分子材料を含む容器の用途は食料品、飲料、薬剤、化粧品、個人ケア用品、シャンプー等いずれのものを入れるものであってもよい。例えば特開平5-139434号公報に記載の液体燃料貯蔵容器、特開平7-289665号公報に記載のゴルフボール容器、特開平9-295664号公報、特開2003-237825号公報に記載の食品用容器、特開平9-58687号公報に記載の酒用容器、特開平8-155007号公報に記載の薬剤充填容器、特開平8-324572号公報、特開2006-298456号公報に記載の飲料容器、特開平9-86570号公報に記載の油性食品用容器、特開平9-113494号公報に記載の分析試薬用溶液容器、特開平9-239910号公報に記載の即席麺容器、特開平11-180474号公報、特開2002-68322号公報、特開2005-278678号公報に記載の耐光性化粧料容器、特開平11-276550号公報に記載の医薬品容器、特開平11-290420号公報に記載の高純度薬品液用容器、特開2001-106218号公報に記載の液剤用容器、特開2005-178832号公報に記載の紫外線硬化型インク用容器、WO04/93775号パンフレットに記載のプラスチックアンプルなどが挙げられる。 The use of the container containing the solid polymer material of the present invention may contain any foods, beverages, drugs, cosmetics, personal care products, shampoos and the like. For example, a liquid fuel storage container described in JP-A-5-139434, a golf ball container described in JP-A-7-289665, a food container described in JP-A-9-295664, and JP-A-2003-237825 Container, sake container described in JP-A-9-58687, drug-filled container described in JP-A-8-15507, beverage container described in JP-A-8-324572, JP-A-2006-298456 , A container for oily food described in JP-A-9-86570, a solution container for analytical reagent described in JP-A-9-113494, an instant noodle container described in JP-A-9-239910, and JP-A-11- No. 180474, JP-A 2002-68322, JP-A 2005-278678, light-resistant cosmetic container described in JP-A-11-276550, pharmaceutical container described in JP-A-11-290420 Containers for high-purity chemical liquids, containers for liquid agents described in JP-A-2001-106218, containers for ultraviolet curable inks described in JP-A-2005-178832, containers for WO04 / 93775 For example, the plastic ampules described on the frets.
 本発明の固体高分子材料からなる容器は、例えば特開平5-305975号公報、特開平7-40954号公報に記載のように紫外線遮断性を有するだけでなく、他の性能を合わせて持っていてもよい。例えば特開平10-237312号公報に記載の抗菌性容器、特開2000-152974号公報に記載の可撓性容器、特開2002-264979号公報に記載のディスペンサー容器、例えば特開2005-255736号公報に記載の生分解性容器などが挙げられる。 The container made of the solid polymer material of the present invention has not only ultraviolet blocking properties as described in, for example, JP-A-5-305975 and JP-A-7-40954, but also has other performances. May be. For example, the antibacterial container described in JP-A-10-237312, the flexible container described in JP-A-2000-152974, the dispenser container described in JP-A-2002-264979, for example, JP-A-2005-255736 Examples include biodegradable containers described in the publication.
 本発明の固体高分子材料からなる容器はいずれの方法を用いて製造してもよい。例えば特開2002-370723号公報に記載の二層延伸ブロー成形による方法、特開2001-88815号公報に記載の多層共押出ブロー成形方法、特開平9-241407号公報に記載の容器の外側に紫外線吸収層を形成させる方法、特開平8-91385号公報、特開平9-48935号公報、特表平11-514387号公報、特開2000-66603号公報、特開2001-323082号公報、特開2005-105032号公報、WO99/29490号パンフレットに記載の収縮性フィルムを用いた方法、特開平11-255925号公報に記載の超臨界流体を用いる方法などが挙げられる。 The container made of the solid polymer material of the present invention may be manufactured using any method. For example, a method by two-layer stretch blow molding described in JP-A-2002-370723, a multi-layer coextrusion blow molding method described in JP-A-2001-88815, and an outer side of a container described in JP-A-9-241407 Method for forming ultraviolet absorbing layer, JP-A-8-91385, JP-A-9-48935, JP-T11-514387, JP-A-2000-66603, JP-A-2001-323082, JP Examples thereof include a method using a shrinkable film described in JP-A-2005-105032 and a pamphlet of WO99 / 29490, a method using a supercritical fluid described in JP-A-11-255925, and the like.
 本発明の固体高分子材料からなる塗膜について説明する。本発明の固体高分子材料を含む塗膜は、前記紫外線吸収剤(A)及び(B)を含むものであればいずれの成分からなる塗膜であってもよい。例えば、アクリル樹脂系、ウレタン樹脂系、アミノアルキッド樹脂系、エポキシ樹脂系、シリコーン樹脂系、フッ素樹脂系などが挙げられる。これらの樹脂は主剤、硬化剤、希釈剤、レベリング剤、はじき防止剤などを任意に配合した塗料から形成することができる。 The coating film made of the solid polymer material of the present invention will be described. The coating film containing the solid polymer material of the present invention may be a coating film composed of any component as long as it contains the ultraviolet absorbers (A) and (B). For example, an acrylic resin system, a urethane resin system, an amino alkyd resin system, an epoxy resin system, a silicone resin system, a fluororesin system, etc. are mentioned. These resins can be formed from a paint in which a main agent, a curing agent, a diluent, a leveling agent, a repellant, and the like are arbitrarily blended.
 例えば、透明樹脂成分としてアクリルウレタン樹脂、シリコンアクリル樹脂を選んだ場合には、硬化剤としてポリイソシアネートなどを、希釈剤としてトルエン、キシレンなどの炭化水素系溶剤、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸アミルなどのエステル系溶剤、イソプロピルアルコール、ブチルアルコールなどのアルコール系を用いることができる。また、ここでアクリルウレタン樹脂とは、メタクリル酸エステル(メチルが代表的)とヒドロキシエチルメタクリレート共重合体とポリイソシアネートと反応させて得られるアクリルウレタン樹脂をいう。なおこの場合のポリイソシアネートとはトリレンジイソシアネート、ジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート、ポリメチレンポリフェニレンポリイソシアネート、トリジンジイソシアネート、ナフタレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、イソホロンジイソシアネート、キシリレンジイソシアネート、ジシクロヘキシルメタンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネートなどが挙げられる。透明樹脂成分としては、他にも例えば、ポリメタクリル酸メチル、ポリメタクリル酸メチルスチレン共重合体、ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリ酢酸ビニル等が挙げられる。更にこれら成分に加えアクリル樹脂、シリコーン樹脂などのレベリング剤、シリコーン系、アクリル系等のはじき防止剤等を必要に応じて配合した塗料を用いることができる。 For example, when acrylic urethane resin or silicon acrylic resin is selected as the transparent resin component, polyisocyanate is used as the curing agent, hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene and xylene are used as the diluent, isobutyl acetate, butyl acetate, amyl acetate, etc. Alcohol solvents such as ester solvents, isopropyl alcohol, and butyl alcohol can be used. Here, the acrylic urethane resin refers to an acrylic urethane resin obtained by reacting a methacrylic ester (typically methyl), a hydroxyethyl methacrylate copolymer and a polyisocyanate. The polyisocyanate in this case includes tolylene diisocyanate, diphenylmethane diisocyanate, polymethylene polyphenylene polyisocyanate, tolidine diisocyanate, naphthalene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, isophorone diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, dicyclohexylmethane diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate and the like. Other examples of the transparent resin component include polymethyl methacrylate, polymethyl methacrylate styrene copolymer, polyvinyl chloride, and polyvinyl acetate. Furthermore, in addition to these components, a coating material containing a leveling agent such as an acrylic resin or a silicone resin, an anti-fogging agent such as a silicone type or an acrylic type, or the like as required can be used.
 本発明の固体高分子材料を含む塗膜の使用目的としてはいずれの用途であってもよい。本発明の固体高分子材料を含む塗膜は、次に挙げるような塗料によって形成することができる。例えば特開平7-26177号公報、特開平9-169950号公報、特開平9-221631号公報、特開2002-80788号公報に記載の紫外線遮蔽塗料、特開平10-88039号公報に記載の紫外線・近赤外線遮断塗料、特開2001-55541号公報に記載の電磁波遮蔽用塗料、特開平8-81643号公報に記載のクリアー塗料、特開2000-186234号公報に記載のメタリック塗料組成物、特開平7-166112号公報に記載のカチオン電着塗料、特開2002-294165号公報に記載の抗菌性および無鉛性カチオン電着塗料、特開2000-273362号公報、特開2001-279189号公報、特開2002-271227号公報に記載の粉体塗料、特開2001-9357号公報に記載の水性中塗り塗料、水性メタリック塗料、水性クリヤー塗料、特開2001-316630号公報に記載の自動車、建築物、土木系品に用いられる上塗り用塗料、特開2002-356655号公報に記載の硬化性塗料、特開2004-937号公報に記載の自動車バンパー等プラスチック材等に使用される塗膜形成組成物、特開2004-2700号公報に記載の金属板用塗料、特開2004-169182号公報に記載の硬化傾斜塗膜、特開2004-107700号公報に記載の電線用塗装材、特開平6-49368号公報に記載の自動車補修塗料、特開2002-38084号公報、特開2005-307161号公報に記載のアニオン電着塗料、特開平5-78606号公報、特開平5-185031号公報、特開平10-140089号公報、特表2000-509082号公報、特表2004-520284号公報、WO2006/097201号パンフレットに記載の自動車用塗料、特開平6-1945号公報に記載の塗装鋼板用塗料、特開平6-313148号公報に記載のステンレス用塗料、特開平7-3189号公報に記載のランプ用防虫塗料、特開平7-82454号公報に記載の紫外線硬化型塗料、特開平7-118576号公報に記載の抗菌性塗料、特開2004-217727号公報に記載の眼精疲労防止用塗料、特開2005-314495号公報に記載の防曇塗料、特開平10-298493号公報に記載の超耐候性塗料、特開平9-241534号公報に記載の傾斜塗料、特開2002-235028号公報に記載の光触媒塗料、特開2000-345109号公報に記載の可剥塗料、特開平6-346022号公報に記載のコンクリート剥離用塗料、特開2002-167545号公報に記載の防食塗料、特開平8-324576号公報に記載の保護塗料、特開平9-12924号公報に記載の撥水性保護塗料、特開平9-157581号公報に記載の板ガラス飛散防止用塗料、特開平9-59539号公報に記載のアルカリ可溶型保護塗料、特開2001-181558号公報に記載の水性一時保護塗料組成物、特開平10-183057号公報に記載の床用塗料、特開2001-115080号公報に記載のエマルション塗料、特開2001-262056号公報に記載の2液型水性塗料、特開平9-263729号公報に記載の1液性塗料、特開2001-288410号公報に記載のUV硬化性塗料、特開2002-69331号公報に記載の電子線硬化型塗料組成物、特開2002-80781号公報に記載の熱硬化性塗料組成物、特表2003-525325号公報に記載の焼付ラッカー用水性塗料、特開2004-162021号公報に記載の粉体塗料およびスラリー塗料、特開2006-233010号公報に記載の補修用塗料、特表平11-514689号公報に記載の粉体塗料水分散物、特開2001-59068号公報、特開2006-160847号公報に記載のプラスチック用塗料、特開2002-69331号公報に記載の電子線硬化型塗料などが挙げられる。 The use purpose of the coating film containing the solid polymer material of the present invention may be any application. The coating film containing the solid polymer material of the present invention can be formed by the following paint. For example, the ultraviolet shielding paint described in JP-A-7-26177, JP-A-9699950, JP-A-9-221631, JP2002-80788, UV described in JP-A-10-88039 Near-infrared shielding paint, electromagnetic wave shielding paint described in JP-A-2001-55541, clear paint described in JP-A-8-81643, metallic paint composition described in JP-A-2000-186234, Cationic electrodeposition paint described in Kaihei 7-166112, antibacterial and lead-free cationic electrodeposition paint described in JP-A-2002-294165, JP-A 2000-273362, JP-A-2001-279189, Powder paint described in JP-A-2002-271227, water-borne intermediate coating, water-based metallic paint described in JP-A-2001-9357, water-based clear paint, automobile and architecture described in JP-A-2001-316630 Paints for top coating used in products and civil engineering products, curable paints described in JP-A No. 2002-356655, JP-A No. 2004-937 Coating film-forming composition used for plastic materials such as automobile bumpers described in the report, paint for metal plates described in JP-A-2004-2700, cured gradient coating film described in JP-A-2004-169182, The coating material for electric wires described in JP-A-2004-107700, the automobile repair paint described in JP-A-6-49368, the anion electrodeposition described in JP-A-2002-38084 and JP-A-2005-307161 Paint, JP-A-5-78606, JP-A-5-85031, JP-A-10-140089, JP2000-509082, JP2004-520284, WO2006 / 097201 pamphlet Paints for automobiles, paints for coated steel sheets described in JP-A-6-945, stainless steel paints described in JP-A-6-313148, insect repellent paints for lamps described in JP-A-7-3189, UV-curable coatings described in JP-A-7-82454, antibacterial coatings described in JP-A-7-118576, and eyestrain described in JP-A-2004-217727 Work prevention paint, anti-fogging paint described in JP-A-2005-314495, super-weather resistant paint described in JP-A-10-298493, gradient paint described in JP-A-9-241534, JP-A 2002 -235028 photocatalyst paint, JP-A 2000-345109 peelable paint, JP-A 6-346022 concrete peeling paint, JP-A 2002-167545 anti-corrosion Paint, protective paint described in JP-A-8-324576, water-repellent protective paint described in JP-A-9-12924, paint for preventing sheet glass scattering described in JP-A-9-57581, JP-A-9- No. 59539, alkali-soluble protective coating, JP-A-2001-181558, water-based temporary protective coating composition, JP-A-10-183057, floor coating, JP-A-2001-115080 Emulsion paint described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-262056, two-component water-based paint described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2001-262056, one-component paint described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 9-263729, UV curable paint described in JP 2001-288410 A, electron beam curable coating composition described in JP 2002-69331 A, thermosetting paint composition described in JP 2002-80781 A, special table Water-based paint for baking lacquer described in 2003-525325, powder paint and slurry paint described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-162021, paint for repair described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-233010, 11- An aqueous dispersion of powder coating material described in Japanese Patent No. 514689, a coating material for plastics described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2001-59068, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2006-160847, and an electron beam curable coating material described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2002-69331 Etc.
 本発明の固体高分子材料を含む塗膜は、次のような条件で形成されるのが望ましい。一般に塗料(透明樹脂成分を主成分として含む)および紫外線吸収剤から構成されるが、好ましくは樹脂を基準に考えて紫外線吸収剤が0質量%を超え20質量%以下の組成である。塗布する際の厚さは、好ましくは2~1000μmであるが、更に好ましくは5~200μmの間である。これら塗料を塗布する方法は任意であるが、スプレー法、ディッピング法、ローラーコート法、フローコーター法、流し塗り法などがある。塗布後の乾燥は塗料成分によって異なるが概ね室温~120℃で10~90分程度行うことが好ましい。 The coating film containing the solid polymer material of the present invention is preferably formed under the following conditions. Generally, it is composed of a paint (including a transparent resin component as a main component) and an ultraviolet absorber, and preferably has a composition of more than 0% by mass and not more than 20% by mass with respect to the resin. The thickness at the time of application is preferably 2 to 1000 μm, more preferably 5 to 200 μm. The method of applying these paints is arbitrary, but there are a spray method, a dipping method, a roller coat method, a flow coater method, a flow coating method and the like. Drying after application varies depending on the paint components, but it is preferably performed at room temperature to 120 ° C for about 10 to 90 minutes.
 本発明の固体高分子材料を含む塗膜は、前記紫外線吸収剤(A)及び(B)を含む塗膜であり、上記紫外線吸収剤を含む塗料を用いて形成された塗膜である。 The coating film containing the solid polymer material of the present invention is a coating film containing the ultraviolet absorbers (A) and (B), and is a coating film formed using a paint containing the ultraviolet absorber.
 本発明の固体高分子材料には、インクを用いることで得られるいずれの形態も本発明に含まれる。例えば特開2006-70190号公報に記載の印刷物、印刷物をラミネートして得られる積層体、積層体を用いた包装材料や容器、特開2002-127596号公報に記載のインク受理層などが挙げられる。 The solid polymer material of the present invention includes any form obtained by using ink. For example, the printed matter described in JP-A-2006-70190, a laminate obtained by laminating the printed matter, a packaging material or container using the laminate, and an ink receiving layer described in JP-A-2002-127596 may be mentioned. .
 前記インクは、前記紫外線吸収剤(A)及び(B)を含むものであり、例えば、染料インク、顔料インク、水性インク、油性インクなどが挙げられる。また、いずれの用途に用いられるものでも良い。例えば、特開平8-3502号公報に記載のスクリーン印刷インク、特表2006-521941号公報に記載のフレキソ印刷インク、特表2005-533915号公報に記載のグラビア印刷インク、特表平11-504954号公報に記載の平版オフセット印刷インク、特表2005-533915号公報に記載の凸版印刷インク、特開平5-254277号公報に記載のUVインク、特開2006-30596号公報に記載のEBインクなどが挙げられる。また例えば、特開平11-199808号公報、WO99/67337号パンフレット、特開2005-325150号公報、特開2005-350559号公報、特開2006-8811号公報、特表2006-514130号公報に記載のインクジェットインク、特開2006-257165号公報に記載のフォトクロミックインク、特開平8-108650号公報に記載の熱転写インク、特開2005-23111号公報に記載のマスキングインク、特開2004-75888号公報に記載の蛍光インク、特開平7-164729号公報に記載のセキュリティインク、特開2006-22300号公報に記載のDNAインクなども挙げられる。 The ink contains the ultraviolet absorbers (A) and (B), and examples thereof include dye ink, pigment ink, water-based ink, and oil-based ink. Moreover, what is used for any use may be used. For example, screen printing inks described in JP-A-8-3502, flexographic printing inks described in JP-T-2006-521941, gravure printing inks described in JP-T-2005-533915, JP-A-11-504954 Lithographic offset printing ink described in Japanese Patent Publication No. JP-A-2005-533915, letterpress printing ink described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2005-533915, UV ink described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 5-254277, EB ink described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2006-30596, etc. Is mentioned. Further, for example, described in JP-A-11-199808, WO99 / 67337 pamphlet, JP-A-2005-325150, JP-A-2005-350559, JP-A-2006-8811, JP-T-2006-514130 Ink-jet inks, photochromic inks described in JP-A-2006-257165, thermal transfer inks described in JP-A-8-108650, masking inks described in JP-A-2005-23111, JP-A-2004-75888 And the fluorescent ink described in JP-A-7-164729, the DNA ink described in JP-A-2006-22300, and the like.
 本発明の固体高分子材料を含む画像表示装置について説明する。本発明の固体高分子材料を含む画像表示装置は前記紫外線吸収剤(A)及び(B)を含むものであればいずれのものであってもよい。例えば、特開2006-301268号公報に記載のエレクトロクロミック素子を用いた画像表示装置、特開2006-293155号公報に記載のいわゆる電子ペーパーと呼ばれる画像表示装置、特開平9-306344号公報に記載のプラズマディスプレー、特開2000-223271号公報に記載の有機EL素子を用いた画像表示装置などが挙げられる。本発明の紫外線吸収剤は、例えば特開2000-223271号公報に記載の積層構造中に紫外線吸収層を形成させるものでもよいし、例えば特開2005-189645号公報に記載の円偏光板など必要な部材中に紫外線吸収剤を含むものを用いてもよい。 An image display device including the solid polymer material of the present invention will be described. The image display device containing the solid polymer material of the present invention may be any one as long as it contains the ultraviolet absorbers (A) and (B). For example, an image display device using an electrochromic element described in JP-A-2006-301268, an image display device called so-called electronic paper described in JP-A-2006-293155, and described in JP-A-9-306344 And an image display device using an organic EL element described in JP-A-2000-223271. The ultraviolet absorber of the present invention may be one in which an ultraviolet absorbing layer is formed in a laminated structure described in, for example, JP-A-2000-223271, or a circularly polarizing plate described in, for example, JP-A-2005-189645 is necessary. A member containing an ultraviolet absorber may be used.
 本発明の固体高分子材料を含む太陽電池用カバーについて説明する。本発明における適用する太陽電池は、結晶シリコン太陽電池、アモルファスシリコン太陽電池、色素増感太陽電池などいずれの形式の素子からなる太陽電池であってもよい。結晶シリコン太陽電池やアモルファスシリコン太陽電池において、特開2000-174296号公報に記載のように防汚や耐衝撃性、耐久性を付与する保護部材としてカバー材が用いられている。また色素増感太陽電池において、特開2006-282970号公報に記載のように光(特に紫外線)に励起されて活性となる金属酸化物系半導体を電極材料として用いるため、光増感剤として吸着させた色素が劣化し、光発電効率が徐々に低下する問題があり、紫外線吸収層を設けることが提案されている。 The solar cell cover including the solid polymer material of the present invention will be described. The solar cell applied in the present invention may be a solar cell comprising any type of element such as a crystalline silicon solar cell, an amorphous silicon solar cell, and a dye-sensitized solar cell. In crystalline silicon solar cells and amorphous silicon solar cells, a cover material is used as a protective member for imparting antifouling, impact resistance and durability as described in JP-A-2000-174296. Also, in dye-sensitized solar cells, as described in JP-A-2006-282970, a metal oxide semiconductor that becomes active when excited by light (particularly ultraviolet rays) is used as an electrode material, so that it is adsorbed as a photosensitizer. There is a problem that the dyes that have been deteriorated and the photovoltaic power generation efficiency gradually decreases, and it has been proposed to provide an ultraviolet absorbing layer.
 本発明の固体高分子材料を含む太陽電池用カバーはいずれの種類の高分子から成るものであってもよい。例えば特開2006-310461号公報に記載のポリエステル、特開2006-257144号公報に記載の熱硬化性透明樹脂、特開2006-210906号公報に記載のα-オレフィンポリマー、特開2003-168814号公報に記載のポリプロピレン、特開2005-129713号公報に記載のポリエーテルサルホン、特開2004-227843号公報に記載のアクリル樹脂、特開2004-168057号公報に記載の透明フッ素系樹脂等が挙げられる。 The solar cell cover including the solid polymer material of the present invention may be made of any kind of polymer. For example, polyester described in JP-A-2006-310461, thermosetting transparent resin described in JP-A-2006-257144, α-olefin polymer described in JP-A-2006-210906, JP-A-2003-168814 Polypropylene described in the publication, polyethersulfone described in JP-A-2005-129713, acrylic resin described in JP-A-2004-227843, transparent fluororesin described in JP-A-2004-168057, etc. Can be mentioned.
 本発明の固体高分子材料を含む太陽電池用カバーはいずれの方法で製造してもよい。例えば特開平11-40833号公報に記載の紫外線吸収層を形成してもよいし、特開2005-129926号公報に記載のそれぞれ紫外線吸収剤を含む層を積層してもよいし、特開2000-91611号公報に記載の充填材層の樹脂に含まれていてもよいし、特開2005-346999号公報に記載の紫外線吸収剤を含む高分子からフィルムを形成してもよい。 The solar cell cover including the solid polymer material of the present invention may be manufactured by any method. For example, an ultraviolet absorbing layer described in JP-A-11-40833 may be formed, or layers containing respective ultraviolet absorbers described in JP-A-2005-129926 may be laminated, or JP2000-2000A may be laminated. May be contained in the resin of the filler layer described in JP-A-91611, or a film may be formed from a polymer containing an ultraviolet absorber described in JP-A-2005-346999.
 本発明の固体高分子材料を含む太陽電池用カバーはいずれの形状であってもよい。特開2000-91610号公報、特開平11-261085号公報に記載のフィルム、シート、例えば特開平11-40833号公報に記載の積層フィルム、特開平11-214736号公報に記載のカバーガラス構造などが挙げられる。特開2001-261904号公報に記載の封止材に紫外線吸収剤を含むものであってもよい。 The solar cell cover including the solid polymer material of the present invention may have any shape. Films and sheets described in JP-A-2000-91610, JP-A-11-261085, for example, laminated films described in JP-A-11-40833, cover glass structure described in JP-A-11-214736, etc. Is mentioned. The sealing material described in JP-A-2001-261904 may contain an ultraviolet absorber.
 また、その他使用例としては特開平8-102296号公報、特開2000-67629号公報、特開2005-353554号公報に記載の照明装置用光源カバー、特開平5-272076号公報、特開2003-239181号公報に記載の人工皮革、特開2006-63162号公報に記載のスポーツゴーグル、特開2007-93649号公報に記載の偏向レンズ、特開2001-214121号公報、特開2001-214122号公報、特開2001-315263号公報、特開2003-206422号公報、特開2003-25478号公報、特開2004-137457号公報、特開2005-132999号公報に記載の各種プラスチック製品向けハードコート、特開2002-36441号公報に記載の窓外側貼り付け用ハードコート、特開平10-250004号公報に記載の窓張りフィルム、特開2002-36452号公報に記載の高精細防眩性ハードコートフィルム、特開2003-39607号公報に記載の帯電防止性ハードコートフィルム、特開2004-114355号公報に記載の透過性ハードコートフィルム、特開2002-113937号公報に記載の偽造防止帳表、特開2002-293706号公報に記載の芝の紫斑防止剤、特開2006-274179号公報に記載の樹脂フィルムシート接合用シール剤、特開2005-326761号公報に記載の導光体、特開2006-335855号公報に記載のゴム用コーティング剤、特開平10-34841号公報、特開2002-114879号公報に記載の農業用被覆材、特表2004-532306号公報、特表2004-530024号公報に記載の染色ろうそく、特表2004-525273号公報に記載の布地リンス剤組成物、特開平10-194796号公報に記載の合わせガラス、特開平10-287804号公報に記載のプリズムシート、特開2000-71626号公報に記載の保護層転写シート、特開2001-139700号公報に記載の光硬化性樹脂製品、特開2001-159228号公報に記載の床用シート、特開2002-127310号公報に記載の水滴付着防止性及び熱線遮断性を有するガラス板、特開2002-189415号公報に記載の遮光性印刷ラベル、特開2002-130591号公報に記載の給油カップ、特開2002-307619号公報に記載の硬質塗膜塗工物品、特開2002-307845号公報に記載の中間転写記録媒体、特開2006-316395号公報に記載の人工毛髪、WO99/29490号パンフレット、特開2004-352847号公報に記載のラベル用低温熱収縮性フィルム、特開2000-224942号公報に記載の釣り用品、特開平8-208976号公報に記載のマイクロビーズ、特開平8-318592号公報に記載のプレコート金属板、特開2005-504735号公報に記載の薄肉フィルム、特開2005-105032号公報に記載の熱収縮性フィルム、特開2005-37642号公報に記載のインモールド成形用ラベル、特開2005-55615号公報に記載の投影スクリーン、特開平9-300537号公報、特開2000-25180号公報、特開2003-19776号公報、特開2005-74735号公報に記載の化粧シート、特開2001-207144号公報に記載のホットメルト接着剤、特表2002-543265号公報、特表2002-543266号公報、米国特許第6225384号明細書に記載の接着剤、特開2004-352783号公報に記載の電着コート、ベースコート、特開平7-268253号公報に記載の木材表面保護、特開2003-253265号公報、特開2005-105131号公報、特開2005-300962号公報、特許第3915339号公報に記載の調光材料、調光フィルム、調光ガラス、特開2005-304340号公報に記載の防蛾灯、特開2005-44154号公報に記載のタッチパネル、特開2006-274197号公報に記載の樹脂フィルムシート接合用シール剤、特開2006-89697号公報に記載のポリカーボネートフィルム被覆、特開2000-231044号公報に記載の光ファイバテープ、特表2002-527559号公報に記載の固形ワックスなどが挙げられる。 Other examples of use include a light source cover for an illuminating device described in JP-A-8-102296, JP-A-2000-67629, JP-A-2005-353554, JP-A-5-272076, JP-A-2003. Artificial leather described in JP-A-239181, sports goggles described in JP-A-2006-63162, deflection lenses described in JP-A-2007-93649, JP-A-2001-214121, JP-A-2001-214122 Hard coats for various plastic products described in JP-A-2001-315263, JP-A-2003-206422, JP-A-2003-25478, JP-A-2004-137457, and JP-A-2005-132999 , A hard coat for pasting a window described in JP-A-2002-36441, a window covering film described in JP-A-10-250004, and a high-definition anti-glare hard coat described in JP-A-2002-36452 Film, antistatic hard coat film described in JP-A-2003-39607, transparent film described in JP-A-2004-114355 Hard coat film, anti-counterfeiting book described in JP-A-2002-113937, turf purpura inhibitor described in JP-A-2002-293706, resin film sheet bonding described in JP-A-2006-274179 Sealing agent, light guide described in JP-A-2005-326761, rubber coating agent described in JP-A-2006-335855, JP-A-10-34841, JP-A-2002-114879 Agricultural coating materials, dyeing candles described in JP-T-2004-532306, JP-T 2004-530024, fabric-rinsing compositions described in JP-T 2004-525273, JP-A-10-194796 Laminated glass described in JP-A-10-287804, prism sheet described in JP-A-10-287804, protective layer transfer sheet described in JP-A-2000-71626, photocurable resin product described in JP-A-2001-139700, Floor sheet described in JP-A-2001-159228, water droplet adhesion prevention and heat-ray blocking properties described in JP-A-2002-127310 A glass plate having a light-shielding printing label described in JP-A-2002-189415, an oiling cup described in JP-A-2002-130591, and a hard coating-coated article described in JP-A-2002-307619, Intermediate transfer recording medium described in JP-A-2002-307845, artificial hair described in JP-A-2006-316395, low-temperature heat shrinkability for labels described in WO99 / 29490 pamphlet, JP-A-2004-352847 Film, fishing gear described in JP-A-2000-224942, microbead described in JP-A-8-208976, pre-coated metal plate described in JP-A-8-318592, JP-A-2005-504735 The thin film described in the above, the heat-shrinkable film described in JP-A-2005-105032, the label for in-mold molding described in JP-A-2005-37642, the projection screen described in JP-A-2005-55615, Kaihei 9-300537, JP 2000-25180, JP 2003-19776, 2005-74735 Decorative sheet described in the above, hot melt adhesive described in JP-A-2001-207144, JP-T 2002-543265, JP-T 2002-543266, U.S. Pat. Electrodeposition coat and base coat described in JP 2004-352783 A, wood surface protection described in JP 7-268253 A, JP 2003-253265 A, JP 2005-105131 A, JP 2005-300962 , A light control material described in Japanese Patent No. 3915339, a light control film, a light control glass, a flashlight described in JP-A-2005-304340, a touch panel described in JP-A-2005-44154, Sealing agent for resin film sheet bonding described in Kaikai 2006-274197, polycarbonate film coating described in JP-A-2006-89697, optical fiber tape described in JP-A-2000-231044, special table 2002-527559 The solid wax described in the publication No. is mentioned.
 次に、高分子材料の耐光性を評価する方法について説明する。高分子材料の耐光性を評価する方法として、「高分子の光安定化技術」(株式会社シーエムシー,2000年)85ページ~107ページ、「高機能塗料の基礎と物性」(株式会社シーエムシー,2003年)314ページ~359ページ、「高分子材料と複合材製品の耐久性」(株式会社シーエムシー,2005年)、「高分子材料の長寿命化と環境対策」(株式会社シーエムシー,2000年)、H.Zweifel編「Plastics Additives Handbook 5th Edition」(Hanser Publishers)238ページ~244ページ、葛良忠彦著「基礎講座2 プラスチック包装容器の科学」(日本包装学会,2003年)第8章などの記載を参考にできる。
 また各々の用途に対する評価としては下記の既知評価法により達成できる。
 高分子材料の光による劣化は、JIS-K7105:1981、JIS-K7101:1981、JIS-K7102:1981、JIS-K7219:1998、JIS-K7350-1:1995、JIS-K7350-2:1995、JIS-K7350-3:1996、JIS-K7350-4:1996の方法およびこれを参考にした方法によって評価することができる。
Next, a method for evaluating the light resistance of the polymer material will be described. As a method for evaluating the light resistance of polymer materials, “Polymer Light Stabilization Technology” (CMC Co., Ltd., 2000), pages 85 to 107, “Basic and Physical Properties of High-Functional Paints” (CMC Co., Ltd.) , 2003) 314-359, "Durability of polymer materials and composite products" (CMC Corporation, 2005), "Extension of polymer materials and environmental measures" (CMC Corporation, 2000), H.Zweifel, “Plastics Additives Handbook 5th Edition” (Hanser Publishers), pages 238-244, Tadahiko Katsurara “Basic Science 2: Science of Plastic Packaging Containers” (Japan Packaging Society, 2003), Chapter 8 You can refer to the description.
The evaluation for each application can be achieved by the following known evaluation method.
Degradation due to light of polymer materials is JIS-K7105: 1981, JIS-K7101: 1981, JIS-K7102: 1981, JIS-K7219: 1998, JIS-K7350-1: 1995, JIS-K7350-2: 1995, JIS -K7350-3: 1996, JIS-K7350-4: 1996, and a method based on this method can be used for evaluation.
 包装・容器用途として用いられる場合の耐光性は、JIS-K7105の方法およびこれを参考にした方法によって評価することができる。その具体例としては、特開2006-298456号公報に記載のボトル胴体の光線透過率、透明性評価、キセノン光源を用いた紫外線暴露後のボトル中身の官能試験評価、特開2000-238857号公報に記載のキセノンランプ照射後のヘーズ値評価、特開2006-224317号公報に記載のハロゲンランプ光源としたヘイズ値評価、特開2006-240734号公報に記載の水銀灯暴露後のブルーウールスケールを用いた黄変度評価、特開2005-105004号公報、特開2006-1568号公報に記載のサンシャインウェザーメーターを用いたヘーズ値評価、着色性目視評価、特開平7-40954号公報、特開平8-151455号公報、特開平10-168292号公報、特開2001-323082号公報、特開2005-146278号公報に記載の紫外線透過率評価、特開平9-48935号公報、特開平9-142539号公報に記載の紫外線遮断率評価、特開平9-241407号公報、特開2004-243674号公報、特開2005-320408号公報、特開2005-305745号公報、特開2005-156220号公報に記載の光線透過率評価、特開2005-178832号公報に記載のインク容器内インキの粘度評価、特開2005-278678号公報に記載の光線透過率評価、日光暴露後の容器内サンプル目視、色差ΔE評価、特開2004-51174号公報に記載の白色蛍光灯照射後の紫外線透過率評価、光透過率評価、色差評価、特開2004-285189号公報に記載の光線透過率評価、ヘーズ値評価、色調評価、特開2003-237825号公報に記載の黄色度評価、特開2003-20966号公報に記載の遮光性評価、L*a*b*表色系色差式を用いた白色度評価、特開2002-68322号公報に記載のキセノン光を分光した後の波長ごとの暴露後サンプルにおける色差ΔEa*b*を用いた黄ばみ評価、特開2001-26081号公報に記載の紫外線暴露後、紫外線吸収率評価、特開平10-298397号公報に記載のサンシャインウェザーメーターを用いた暴露後のフィルム引っ張り伸び評価、特開平10-237312号公報に記載のキセノンウェザーメーター暴露後の抗菌性評価、特開平9-239910号公報に記載の蛍光灯照射後の包装内容物褪色性評価、特開平9-86570号公報に記載のサラダ油充填ボトルに対する蛍光灯暴露後の油の過酸化物価評価、色調評価、特開平8-301363号公報に記載のケミカルランプ照射後の吸光度差評価、特開平8-208765号公報に記載のサンシャインウェザーメーターを用いた暴露後の表面光沢度保持率、外観評価、特開平7-216152号公報に記載のサンシャインウェザロメーターを用いた暴露後の色差、曲げ強度評価、特開平5-139434号公報に記載の遮光比評価、灯油中の過酸化物生成量評価などがあげられる。 The light resistance when used as a packaging / container application can be evaluated by the method of JIS-K7105 and a method referring to this. Specific examples thereof include light transmittance of the bottle body described in JP-A-2006-298456, transparency evaluation, sensory test evaluation of bottle contents after exposure to ultraviolet rays using a xenon light source, JP-A-2000-238857 Evaluation of haze value after irradiation with xenon lamp described in JP-A-2006-224317, evaluation of haze value as halogen lamp light source described in JP-A-2006-224317, use of blue wool scale after exposure to mercury lamp described in JP-A-2006-240734 Yellow degree evaluation, haze value evaluation using a sunshine weather meter described in JP-A-2005-105004, JP-A-2006-1568, visual evaluation of colorability, JP-A-7-40954, JP-A-8 -151455, JP-A-10-168292, JP-A-2001-323082, JP-A-2005-146278, UV transmittance evaluation, JP-A-9-48935, JP-A-942539 JP-A-9-241407, JP-A 2004-2436 74, JP-A-2005-320408, JP-A-2005-305745, JP-A-2005-156220, light transmittance evaluation described in JP-A-2005-178832, ink in ink container described in JP-A-2005-178832 Viscosity evaluation, light transmittance evaluation described in JP-A-2005-278678, sample in container after sun exposure, color difference ΔE evaluation, UV transmittance after white fluorescent lamp irradiation described in JP-A-2004-51174 Evaluation, light transmittance evaluation, color difference evaluation, light transmittance evaluation described in JP-A-2004-285189, haze value evaluation, color tone evaluation, yellowness evaluation described in JP-A-2003-237825, JP-A 2003- Light-shielding evaluation described in Japanese Patent No. 20966, whiteness evaluation using L * a * b * color difference color difference formula, after exposure for each wavelength after spectrum of xenon light described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-68322 evaluation yellowing using the color difference ΔEa * b * in the sample, after ultraviolet exposure described in JP-a-2001-26081, UV absorbency rating, JP Evaluation of film tensile elongation after exposure using a sunshine weather meter described in JP-A-10-298397, antibacterial evaluation after exposure to a xenon weather meter described in JP-A-10-237312, JP-A-9-239910 Evaluation of fading of packaged contents after irradiation of fluorescent lamp, evaluation of peroxide value of oil after fluorescent lamp exposure to bottle filled with salad oil described in JP-A-9-86570, evaluation of color tone, JP-A-8-301363 Absorbance difference evaluation after chemical lamp irradiation described in the above, surface gloss retention after exposure using a sunshine weather meter described in JP-A-8-208765, appearance evaluation, described in JP-A-7-216152 Examples include color difference after exposure using a sunshine weatherometer, evaluation of bending strength, evaluation of shading ratio described in JP-A-5-139434, evaluation of the amount of peroxide produced in kerosene, and the like.
 塗膜用途として用いられる場合の長期耐久性は、JIS-K5400、JIS-K5600-7-5:1999、JIS-K5600-7-6:2002、JIS-K5600-7-7:1999、JIS-K5600-7-8:1999、JIS-K8741の方法およびこれを参考にした方法によって評価することができる。その具体例としては、特表2000-509082号公報に記載のキセノン耐光試験機およびUVCON装置による暴露後の色濃度およびCIE L*a*b*色座標における色差ΔEa*b*、残留光沢を用いた評価、特表2004-520284号公報に記載の石英スライド上フィルムに対するキセノンアーク耐光試験機を用いた暴露後の吸光度評価、ロウにおける蛍光灯、UVランプ暴露後の色濃度およびCIE L*a*b*色座標における色差ΔEa*b*を用いた評価、特開2006-160847号公報に記載のメタルウェザー耐候性試験機を用いた暴露後の色相評価、特開2005-307161号公報に記載のメタルハイドランプを用いた暴露試験後の光沢保持率評価および色差ΔEa*b*を用いた評価、サンシャインカーボンアーク光源を用いた暴露後光沢感の評価、特開2002-69331号公報に記載のメタルウェザー耐候性試験機を用いた暴露後の色差ΔEa*b*を用いた評価、光沢保持率、外観評価、特開2002-38084号公報に記載のサンシャインウェザオメーターを用いた暴露後の光沢保持率評価、特開2001-59068号公報に記載のQUV耐候性試験機を用いた暴露後の色差ΔEa*b*を用いた評価、光沢保持率評価、特開2001-115080号公報、特開平6-49368号公報、特開2001-262056号公報に記載のサンシャインウェザオメーターを用いた暴露後光沢保持率評価、特開平8-324576号公報、特開平9-12924号公報、特開平9-169950号公報、特開平9-241534号公報、特開2001-181558号公報に記載の塗装板に対するサンシャインウェザオメーターを用いた暴露後の外観評価、特開2000-186234号公報に記載のサンシャインウェザオメーターを用いた暴露後の光沢保持率、明度値変化評価、特開平10-298493号公報に記載の塗膜に対するデューサイクルWOM暴露後の塗膜劣化状態の外観評価、特開平7-26177号公報に記載の塗膜の紫外線透過率評価、特開平7-3189号公報、特開平9-263729号公報に記載の塗膜の紫外線遮断率評価、特開平6-1945号公報に記載のサンシャインウェザーオーメーターを用いた塗膜の光沢保持率80%となる時間比較評価、特開平6-313148号公報に記載のデューパネル光コントロールウェザーメーターを用いた暴露後の錆発生評価、特開平6-346022号公報に記載の屋外暴露後の塗装済み型枠に対するコンクリートの強度評価、特開平5-185031号公報に記載の屋外暴露後の色差ΔEa*b*を用いた評価、碁盤目密着評価、表面外観評価、特開平5-78606号公報に記載の屋外暴露後の光沢保持率評価、特開2006-63162号公報に記載のカーボンアーク光源を用いた暴露後の黄変度(ΔYI)評価等があげられる。 Long-term durability when used for coating applications is JIS-K5400, JIS-K5600-7-5: 1999, JIS-K5600-7-6: 2002, JIS-K5600-7-7: 1999, JIS-K5600 It can be evaluated by the method of -7-8: 1999, JIS-K8741 and a method based on this method. Specific examples are the color density after exposure using the xenon light resistance tester and UVCON device described in JP 2000-509082, and the color difference ΔEa * b * in the CIE L * a * b * color coordinates and residual gloss. Evaluation of absorbance after exposure to xenon arc light resistance tester on quartz slide film described in JP-T 2004-520284, color density after exposure to fluorescent lamp and UV lamp in wax, and CIE L * a * b * Evaluation using color difference ΔEa * b * in color coordinates, Hue evaluation after exposure using a metal weather resistance tester described in JP-A-2006-160847, JP-A-2005-307161 Evaluation of gloss retention after exposure test using metal hydride lamp and evaluation using color difference ΔEa * b * , evaluation of glossiness after exposure using sunshine carbon arc light source, metal described in JP-A-2002-69331 Using a weathering tester Evaluation using color difference ΔEa * b * after exposure, gloss retention, appearance evaluation, gloss retention evaluation after exposure using a sunshine weatherometer according to JP 2002-38084, JP 2001-59068 Evaluation using the color difference ΔEa * b * after exposure using the QUV weather resistance tester described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2001-115080, JP-A-6-49368, JP 2001 Evaluation of gloss retention after exposure using a sunshine weatherometer described in JP-A-262056, JP-A-8-324576, JP-A-9-12924, JP-A9-169950, JP-A-9-241534 Appearance evaluation after exposure using a sunshine weatherometer to a coated plate described in JP-A-2001-181558, gloss after exposure using a sunshine weatherometer described in JP-A-2000-186234 Retention rate, brightness value change evaluation, duplication for coating film described in JP-A-10-298493 Appearance evaluation of coating deterioration state after cycle WOM exposure, UV transmittance evaluation of coating film described in JP-A-7-26177, coating described in JP-A-7-3189, JP-A-9-263729 Evaluation of UV blocking rate of the film, comparative evaluation of time when the gloss retention rate of the coating film is 80% using a sunshine weatherometer described in JP-A No. 6-1945, dew panel described in JP-A No. 6-313148 Evaluation of rust generation after exposure using light control weather meter, strength evaluation of concrete against pre-painted formwork described in JP-A-6-346022, outdoor exposure described in JP-A-5-85031 Evaluation using post color difference ΔEa * b * , cross-cut adhesion evaluation, surface appearance evaluation, gloss retention evaluation after outdoor exposure described in JP-A-5-78606, described in JP-A-2006-63162 Evaluation of yellowing degree (ΔYI) after exposure using carbon arc light source It is.
 インク用途として用いられる場合の耐光性は、JIS-K5701-1:2000、JIS-K7360-2、ISO105-B02の方法およびこれを参考にした方法によって評価することができる。具体的には特表2006-514130号公報に記載の事務所用蛍光灯、褪色試験機を用いた暴露後の色濃度およびCIE L*a*b*色座標の測定による評価、特開2006-22300号公報に記載のキセノンアーク光源を用いた紫外線暴露後の電気泳動評価、特開2006-8811号公報に記載のキセノンフェードメーターによる印刷物の濃度評価、特開2005-23111号公報に記載の100Wケミカルランプを用いたインク抜け性評価、特開2005-325150号公報に記載のウェザーメーターによる画像形成部位の色素残存率評価、特開2002-127596号公報に記載のアイスーパーUVテスターを用いた印刷物のチョーキング評価、および変色評価、特開平11-199808号公報、特開平8-108650号公報に記載のキセノンフェードメーター暴露後の印刷物についてCIE L*a*b*色座標における色差ΔEa*b*を用いた評価、特開平7-164729号公報に記載のカーボンアーク光源を用いた暴露後の反射率評価などが挙げられる。 Light resistance when used as an ink application can be evaluated by the method of JIS-K5701-1: 2000, JIS-K7360-2, ISO105-B02 and a method referring to this. Specifically, the evaluation by measuring the color density and CIE L * a * b * color coordinates after exposure using a fluorescent lamp for offices described in JP-T-2006-514130, a fading tester, JP 2006-514130 Electrophoretic evaluation after exposure to ultraviolet rays using a xenon arc light source described in No. 22300, density evaluation of printed matter using a xenon fade meter described in JP-A-2006-8811, 100W described in JP-A-2005-23111 Evaluation of ink detachment using a chemical lamp, evaluation of dye residual ratio of image forming site by weather meter described in JP-A-2005-325150, printed matter using eye super UV tester described in JP-A-2002-127596 CIE L * a * b * color difference ΔEa * b * in the color coordinates of the printed matter after the xenon fade meter exposure described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 11-199808 and Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 8-108650. Evaluation used, JP-A-7-164729 And reflectance evaluation after exposure using a carbon arc light source described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Gazette.
 太陽電池モジュールの耐光性は、JIS-C8917:1998、JIS-C8938:1995の方法およびこれを参考にした方法によって評価することができる。具体的には、特開2006-282970号公報に記載のキセノンランプに太陽光シミュレーション用補正フィルタを装着した光源による暴露後のI-V測定光発電効率評価、特開平11-261085号公報、特開2000-144583号公報に記載のサンシャインウェザーメーター、フェードメータを用いた暴露後の変褪色グレースケール等級評価、色、外観密着性評価などがあげられる。 The light resistance of the solar cell module can be evaluated by the method of JIS-C8917: 1998, JIS-C8938: 1995 and a method referring to this. Specifically, IV measurement photovoltaic power generation efficiency evaluation after exposure with a light source in which a correction filter for solar simulation is mounted on a xenon lamp described in JP-A-2006-282970, JP-A-11-261085, JP-A-2000 No. -144583 publication, chromatic weather scale evaluation, color and appearance adhesion evaluation after exposure using a sunshine weather meter and a fade meter.
 その他の評価法としてはJIS-K7103、ISO/DIS9050の方法およびこれを参考とした方法によって評価できる。具体的には、特開2006-89697号公報に記載のポリカーボネート被覆フィルムのUVテスターによる暴露後の外観評価、特開2006-316395号公報に記載の人工毛髪における紫外線暴露後のブルースケール評価、特開2006-335855号公報に記載の促進耐候性試験機を用いた暴露後の評価用処理布水接触角評価、特開2005-55615号公報に記載の耐候試験機を用いた暴露後の投影スクリーンに映し出された映像目視評価、特開2005-74735号公報に記載のサンシャインウェザーメーター、メタルウェザーメーターを用いた暴露後の試験体表面劣化、意匠性変化目視評価、特開2005-326761号公報に記載の金属ランプリフレクターを用いた点灯暴露後の外観目視評価、特開2002-189415号公報、特開2004-352847号公報に記載のボトル用ラベルの光線透過率評価、特開2003-19776号公報に記載のキセノンウェザーメーターを用いた湿度条件下、暴露後のポリプロピレン劣化評価、特開2002-36441号公報、特開2003-25478号公報に記載のサンシャインウェザオメーターを用いたハードコートフィルムの劣化評価、基材の劣化評価、親水性評価、耐擦傷性評価、特開2003-239181号公報に記載のキセノンランプ光源を用いた暴露後の人工皮革のグレースケール色差評価、特開2003-253265号公報に記載の水銀灯を用いた暴露後の液晶デバイス特性評価、特開2002-307619号公報に記載のサンシャインウェザオメーターを用いた暴露後の密着性評価、特開2002-293706号公報に記載の芝の紫斑度合い評価、特開2002-114879号公報に記載のキセノンアーク光源を用いた暴露後紫外線透過率評価、引張強度評価、特開2001-139700号公報に記載のコンクリート密着速度評価、特開2001-315263号公報に記載のサンシャインウェザオメーターを用いた暴露後外観評価、および塗膜密着性評価、特開2001-214121号公報、特開2001-214122号公報に記載のカーボンアーク光源を用いた暴露後の黄変度、密着性評価、特開2001-207144号公報に記載の紫外線フェードメーターを用いた接着性能評価、特開2000-67629号公報に記載の照明点灯時における昆虫類飛来抑制評価、特開平10-194796号公報に記載のアイスーパーUVテスターを用いた合わせガラスの黄変度(ΔYI)評価、特開平8-318592号公報に記載のQUV照射、耐湿テストを行った後の表面外観評価、光沢保持率評価、特開平8-208976号公報に記載のデューパネル光コントロールウェザーメーターを用いた経時色差評価、特開平7-268253号公報に記載のキセノンウェザロメーターを用いた暴露後の木材基材塗布状態における光沢度(DI)、黄色度指数(YI)評価、特表2002-5443265号公報、特表2002-543266号公報に記載の紫外線照射、暗闇を繰り返した後の紫外線吸収率評価、特表2004-532306号公報に記載の紫外線暴露後の染料褪色色差ΔE評価等が挙げられる。 Other evaluation methods can be evaluated by the methods of JIS-K7103 and ISO / DIS9050 and methods based on this method. Specifically, the appearance evaluation of the polycarbonate-coated film described in JP-A-2006-89697 after exposure with a UV tester, the blue scale evaluation after exposure to UV rays in artificial hair described in JP-A-2006-316395, Evaluation of treatment water contact angle after exposure using the accelerated weathering tester described in Kaikai 2006-335855, projection screen after exposure using the weathering tester described in JP-A-2005-55615 Visual evaluation of projected images, Sunshine weather meter described in JP-A-2005-74735, test piece surface deterioration after exposure using a metal weather meter, visual evaluation of design changes, JP-A-2005-326761 Appearance visual evaluation after lighting exposure using the described metal lamp reflector, evaluation of light transmittance of bottle label described in JP 2002-189415 A, JP 2004-352847 A, JP 2003-19776 A Kise described in Evaluation of deterioration of polypropylene after exposure under humidity conditions using a non-weather meter, evaluation of deterioration of a hard coat film using a sunshine weatherometer described in JP 2002-36441 A, JP 2003-25478 A Evaluation of deterioration of material, hydrophilicity evaluation, scratch resistance evaluation, gray scale color difference evaluation of artificial leather after exposure using xenon lamp light source described in JP2003-239181A, described in JP2003-253265A Evaluation of liquid crystal device characteristics after exposure using a mercury lamp, Adhesion evaluation after exposure using a sunshine weatherometer described in JP-A-2002-307619, Purpura of turf described in JP-A-2002-293706 Evaluation of degree, UV transmittance evaluation after exposure using a xenon arc light source described in JP-A-2002-114879, tensile strength evaluation, evaluation of concrete adhesion speed described in JP-A-2001-139700, JP-A-2001-315263 After exposure using the carbon arc light source described in JP 2001-214121 A, JP 2001-214122 A Yellowing degree, adhesion evaluation, adhesion performance evaluation using an ultraviolet fade meter described in JP-A-2001-207144, insect fly-inhibition evaluation during lighting, disclosed in JP-A-2000-67629, Evaluation of surface appearance after performing yellowing degree (ΔYI) evaluation of laminated glass using eye super UV tester described in Kaihei 10-194796, QUV irradiation and moisture resistance test described in JP-A-8-318592 Evaluation of gloss retention, evaluation of color difference with time using a dew panel light control weather meter described in JP-A-8-208976, wood after exposure using a xenon weatherometer described in JP-A-7-268253 In the substrate application state Glossiness (DI), Yellowness Index (YI) Evaluation, Special Table 2002-5443265 Publication, Special Table 2002-543266 Publication, UV Absorption Rate Evaluation after Repeated Darkness, Special Table 2004 -532306, and the dye fading color difference ΔE evaluation after exposure to ultraviolet rays.
 以下、本発明を実施例に基づき更に詳細に説明するが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail based on examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
(紫外線吸収剤含有ペレットA~Cの作製)
 ポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂(PET)1kgに対して紫外線吸収剤として例示化合物(1)を100g加え、ステンレス製タンブラーで1時間攪拌した。この混合物を二軸練押出し混練機で280℃にて溶融混合し、常法によってペレットAを作製した。
 ポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂(PET)1kgに対して紫外線吸収剤として例示化合物(21)を100g加え、ステンレス製タンブラーで1時間攪拌した。この混合物を二軸練押出し混練機で280℃にて溶融混合し、常法によってペレットBを作製した。
 ポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂(PET)1kgに対して紫外線吸収剤として例示化合物(V-1)を100g加え、ステンレス製タンブラーで1時間攪拌した。この混合物を二軸練押出し混練機で280℃にて溶融混合し、常法によってペレットCを作製した。
 なお、例示化合物(1)、(21)及び(V-1)について、島津製作所製分光光度計UV-3600(商品名)を用いて吸収スペクトルを測定したところ、その極大吸収波長はそれぞれ375,374及び346nmであった。
(Preparation of ultraviolet absorber-containing pellets A to C)
100 g of the exemplary compound (1) as an ultraviolet absorber was added to 1 kg of polyethylene terephthalate resin (PET), and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour with a stainless steel tumbler. This mixture was melt-mixed at 280 ° C. with a twin-screw kneading extrusion kneader to produce pellets A by a conventional method.
100 g of the exemplary compound (21) as an ultraviolet absorber was added to 1 kg of polyethylene terephthalate resin (PET), and the mixture was stirred with a stainless steel tumbler for 1 hour. This mixture was melt-mixed at 280 ° C. with a twin-screw kneading extrusion kneader to produce pellets B by a conventional method.
100 g of the exemplary compound (V-1) as an ultraviolet absorber was added to 1 kg of polyethylene terephthalate resin (PET), and the mixture was stirred with a stainless steel tumbler for 1 hour. This mixture was melt-mixed at 280 ° C. with a twin-screw kneading extrusion kneader to produce pellets C by a conventional method.
The exemplary compounds (1), (21) and (V-1) were measured for absorption spectra using a spectrophotometer UV-3600 (trade name) manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation. The maximum absorption wavelength was 375, respectively. 374 and 346 nm.
実施例1
 ポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂(PET)、ペレットA、ペレットCを98質量%、1質量%、1質量%の割合で二軸練押出し混練機で280℃で溶融混合したものを、射出成型機で未延伸シートとし、更に2軸延伸し、厚さ100μmのフィルムを得た。
Example 1
Polyethylene terephthalate resin (PET), pellets A and pellets C are melted and mixed at 280 ° C. in a biaxial kneading extrusion kneader at a ratio of 98% by mass, 1% by mass, and 1% by mass, and an unstretched sheet by an injection molding machine. And biaxially stretching to obtain a film having a thickness of 100 μm.
実施例2
 ポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂(PET)、ペレットA、ペレットCを97.2質量%、0.8質量%、2質量%の割合で二軸練押出し混練機で280℃で溶融混合したものを、射出成型機で未延伸シートとし、更に2軸延伸し、厚さ100μmのフィルムを得た。
Example 2
An injection molding machine in which polyethylene terephthalate resin (PET), pellets A, and pellets C were melt-mixed at 280 ° C. in a biaxial kneading extrusion kneader at a ratio of 97.2 mass%, 0.8 mass%, and 2 mass%. To make an unstretched sheet, and further biaxially stretched to obtain a film having a thickness of 100 μm.
実施例3
 ポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂(PET)、ペレットA、ペレットCを94.5質量%、0.5質量%、5質量%の割合で二軸練押出し混練機で280℃で溶融混合したものを、射出成型機で未延伸シートとし、更に2軸延伸し、厚さ100μmのフィルムを得た。
Example 3
An injection molding machine in which polyethylene terephthalate resin (PET), pellets A, and pellets C are melt mixed at 280 ° C. with a biaxial kneading extrusion kneader at a ratio of 94.5% by mass, 0.5% by mass, and 5% by mass. To make an unstretched sheet, and further biaxially stretched to obtain a film having a thickness of 100 μm.
実施例4
 ポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂(PET)、ペレットB、ペレットCを98質量%、1質量%、1質量%の割合で二軸練押出し混練機で280℃で溶融混合したものを、射出成型機で未延伸シートとし、更に2軸延伸し、厚さ100μmのフィルムを得た。
Example 4
Polyethylene terephthalate resin (PET), pellets B, and pellets C are melted and mixed at 280 ° C. in a biaxial kneading extrusion kneader at a ratio of 98% by mass, 1% by mass, and 1% by mass, and an unstretched sheet by an injection molding machine. And biaxially stretching to obtain a film having a thickness of 100 μm.
実施例5
 ポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂(PET)、ペレットB、ペレットCを97.2質量%、0.8質量%、2質量%の割合で二軸練押出し混練機で280℃で溶融混合したものを、射出成型機で未延伸シートとし、更に2軸延伸し、厚さ100μmのフィルムを得た。
Example 5
An injection molding machine in which polyethylene terephthalate resin (PET), pellets B, and pellets C are melt-mixed at 280 ° C. in a biaxial kneading extrusion kneader at a ratio of 97.2 mass%, 0.8 mass%, and 2 mass%. To make an unstretched sheet, and further biaxially stretched to obtain a film having a thickness of 100 μm.
比較例1
 ポリエチレンテレフタレート樹脂(PET)90質量%、ペレットC10質量%の割合で二軸練押出し混練機で280℃で溶融混合したものを、射出成型機で未延伸シートとし、更に2軸延伸し、厚さ100μmのフィルムを得た。
Comparative Example 1
Polyethylene terephthalate resin (PET) 90% by mass, pellet C 10% by mass in a biaxial kneading extrusion kneader melted and mixed at 280 ° C. to make an unstretched sheet with an injection molding machine, and further biaxially stretched to obtain a thickness A 100 μm film was obtained.
 作製したフィルムの一覧を表7に示す。 Table 7 shows a list of produced films.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000034
<評価>
(1)紫外線遮蔽特性
 250~400nmの波長について、ダブルビーム分光光度計(U-2001、商品名、日立製作所製)を使用し、透過率を測定し、波長380nmにおける紫外線透過率を遮蔽特性とした。
(2)色調
分光式色差計(ZL-2000、商品名、日本電色社製)を用い、透過法によりフィルムサンプル1枚で色調(L***)を測定した。
(3)ヘイズ変化
 JIS K7136に準じ、日本電色工業(株)製 ヘーズメーター NDH2000(商品名)を使用してフィルムのヘイズ値を測定した。更に、フィルムを150℃30分で熱処理した後のヘイズを同様の方法で測定し、熱処理前後でのヘイズ値変化量を同様の方法で測定し、熱処理前後でのヘイズ値変化量を評価した。
 評価基準 ◎:ヘイズ値変化量≦1.0%
      ○:1.0%<ヘイズ値変化量≦2.5%
      ×:2.5%<ヘイズ値変化量
(4)揮散性
 各フィルム100gを280℃で30分加熱した後、質量変化を測定し、フィルム工程での紫外線吸収剤の揮散しやすさを求めた。
(5)耐光性
 各フィルムに対しキセノンランプ(イーグルエンジニアリング製)で照度17万ルクスにて光照射し、50時間後の紫外線吸収剤の残存量をそれぞれ測定した。測定は、島津製作所製分光光度計UV-3600(商品名)を用いて、380nmで実施した。
  残存量(%)=100×(100-照射後の透過率)/(100-照射前の透過率)
 それぞれの結果を下記表8に示す。
<Evaluation>
(1) Ultraviolet shielding characteristics For a wavelength of 250 to 400 nm, a double beam spectrophotometer (U-2001, trade name, manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd.) is used to measure the transmittance, and the ultraviolet transmittance at a wavelength of 380 nm is defined as a shielding characteristic. did.
(2) The color tone (L * a * b * ) of one film sample was measured by a transmission method using a color tone spectral color difference meter (ZL-2000, trade name, manufactured by Nippon Denshoku).
(3) Haze change According to JIS K7136, the haze value of the film was measured using Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd. haze meter NDH2000 (brand name). Furthermore, the haze after heat-treating the film at 150 ° C. for 30 minutes was measured by the same method, the amount of change in haze value before and after the heat treatment was measured by the same method, and the amount of change in haze value before and after the heat treatment was evaluated.
Evaluation criteria A: Change in haze value ≦ 1.0%
○: 1.0% <Haze value change ≦ 2.5%
X: 2.5% <Haze value change amount (4) Volatility After heating 100 g of each film at 280 ° C. for 30 minutes, the mass change was measured to determine the ease of volatilization of the UV absorber in the film process. .
(5) Light resistance Each film was irradiated with light with an illuminance of 170,000 lux with a xenon lamp (manufactured by Eagle Engineering), and the remaining amount of the ultraviolet absorbent after 50 hours was measured. The measurement was performed at 380 nm using a spectrophotometer UV-3600 (trade name) manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation.
Residual amount (%) = 100 × (100−transmittance after irradiation) / (100−transmittance before irradiation)
The results are shown in Table 8 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035
 表8から明らかなように、本発明の紫外線吸収剤(A)及び(B)からなる組成物を含有する固体高分子材料(実施例1~5)は、紫外線吸収剤(B)を単独で用いた場合(比較例1)と比べて、紫外線吸収剤の総使用量が45質量%~80質量%減っているにもかかわらず、380nmの透過率は同等のレベルであり、色調も同等のレベルであった。このことから本発明の固体高分子材料は、紫外線吸収剤の使用量総量を削減しても同等の紫外線遮蔽性能を有することがわかった。
 また、加熱後のフィルムヘーズ変化はブリードアウトしやすさを表しているが、実施例1~5は比較例1と比較して、変化率が低くなっていた。このことから本発明の固体高分子材料は、ブリードアウトによるフィルムヘーズが低く抑えられることがわかった。
 また、実施例1~5は比較例1と比較して揮散性が大幅に低下しており、本発明の固体高分子材料は、280℃で加熱したときの紫外線吸収剤の揮発が低く抑えられることがわかった。
As is apparent from Table 8, the solid polymer materials (Examples 1 to 5) containing the composition composed of the ultraviolet absorbers (A) and (B) of the present invention contained the ultraviolet absorber (B) alone. Compared with the case of using (Comparative Example 1), the transmittance of 380 nm is the same level and the color tone is the same even though the total amount of UV absorber used is reduced by 45 to 80% by mass. It was a level. From this, it was found that the solid polymer material of the present invention has the same ultraviolet shielding performance even when the total amount of ultraviolet absorber used is reduced.
The change in film haze after heating represents the ease of bleeding out, but the rate of change in Examples 1 to 5 was lower than that in Comparative Example 1. From this, it was found that the solid polymer material of the present invention can keep the film haze due to bleed out low.
Further, the volatility of Examples 1 to 5 is significantly lower than that of Comparative Example 1, and the solid polymer material of the present invention can suppress the volatilization of the UV absorber when heated at 280 ° C. I understood it.
 以上の結果から、本発明による紫外線吸収剤組成物を含有する固体高分子材料は、紫外線吸収剤の使用量総量を削減しても同等の紫外線遮蔽性能を有しており、ブリードアウトによるフィルムヘーズが低く抑えられ、更に紫外線吸収剤の揮発性も低く抑えられていることがわかった。 From the above results, the solid polymer material containing the ultraviolet absorbent composition according to the present invention has the same ultraviolet shielding performance even when the total amount of ultraviolet absorbent used is reduced, and the film haze caused by bleed-out As a result, it was found that the volatility of the UV absorber was also kept low.
 本発明をその実施態様とともに説明したが、我々は特に指定しない限り我々の発明を説明のどの細部においても限定しようとするものではなく、添付の請求の範囲に示した発明の精神と範囲に反することなく幅広く解釈されるべきであると考える。 While this invention has been described in conjunction with its embodiments, we do not intend to limit our invention in any detail of the description unless otherwise specified and are contrary to the spirit and scope of the invention as set forth in the appended claims. I think it should be interpreted widely.
 本願は、2008年9月30日に日本国で特許出願された特願2008-253715に基づく優先権を主張するものであり、これはここに参照してその内容を本明細書の記載の一部として取り込む。 This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2008-253715 filed in Japan on September 30, 2008, which is hereby incorporated herein by reference. Capture as part.

Claims (11)

  1.  極大吸収波長が360~400nmである少なくとも1種の紫外線吸収剤(A)と極大吸収波長が360nm未満である少なくとも1種の紫外線吸収剤(B)とからなる紫外線吸収剤組成物を含有し、前記の紫外線吸収剤(A)と紫外線吸収剤(B)との比率が質量比で1:1~1:100の範囲であり、当該紫外線吸収剤(A)が補助的に使用される固体高分子材料であって、光線透過率が、370nmにおいて10%以下かつ410nmにおいて70%以上である固体高分子材料。 An ultraviolet absorber composition comprising at least one ultraviolet absorber (A) having a maximum absorption wavelength of 360 to 400 nm and at least one ultraviolet absorber (B) having a maximum absorption wavelength of less than 360 nm; The ratio of the ultraviolet absorber (A) to the ultraviolet absorber (B) is in the range of 1: 1 to 1: 100 by mass ratio, and the solid absorber to which the ultraviolet absorber (A) is used as a supplement is used. A solid polymer material which is a molecular material and has a light transmittance of 10% or less at 370 nm and 70% or more at 410 nm.
  2.  前記光線透過率が、370nmにおいて5%以下かつ410nmにおいて70%以上である、請求項1記載の固体高分子材料。 The solid polymer material according to claim 1, wherein the light transmittance is 5% or less at 370 nm and 70% or more at 410 nm.
  3.  前記紫外線吸収剤(B)が、ベンゾトリアゾール系、トリアジン系、ベンゾオキサジノン系、又はベンゾフェノン系である、請求項1又は2に記載の固体高分子材料。 The solid polymer material according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the ultraviolet absorber (B) is benzotriazole, triazine, benzoxazinone, or benzophenone.
  4.  前記紫外線吸収剤(A)が、下記一般式(1)で表される化合物よりなる紫外線吸収剤である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の固体高分子材料。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    [Het1は、2価の5員環又は6員環の芳香族ヘテロ環残基を表す。また、該芳香族ヘテロ環残基は置換基を有していても良い。
     Xa、Xb、Xc及びXdは、互いに独立してヘテロ原子を表す。また、Xa~Xdは置換基を有していても良い。
     Ya、Yb、Yc、Yd、Ye及びYfは、互いに独立してヘテロ原子または炭素原子を表す。また、Ya~Yfは置換基を有していても良い。
     Het1に結合している環は、任意の位置に二重結合を有していても良い。]
    The solid polymer material according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the ultraviolet absorber (A) is an ultraviolet absorber comprising a compound represented by the following general formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    [Het 1 represents a divalent 5-membered or 6-membered aromatic heterocyclic residue. The aromatic heterocyclic residue may have a substituent.
    X a , X b , X c and X d each independently represent a hetero atom. X a to X d may have a substituent.
    Y a , Y b , Y c , Y d , Y e and Y f each independently represent a hetero atom or a carbon atom. Y a to Y f may have a substituent.
    The ring bonded to Het 1 may have a double bond at any position. ]
  5.  前記一般式(1)において、Xa、Xb、Ya、Yb、Yc及び炭素原子によって形成される環並びにXc、Xd、Yd、Ye、Yf及び炭素原子によって形成される環の少なくとも一方が縮環している、請求項4記載の固体高分子材料。 In the general formula (1), a ring formed by X a , X b , Y a , Y b , Y c and a carbon atom, and X c , X d , Y d , Y e , Y f and a carbon atom are formed. The solid polymer material according to claim 4, wherein at least one of the rings to be condensed is condensed.
  6.  前記一般式(1)において、Xa、Xb、Ya、Yb、Yc及び炭素原子によって形成される環並びにXc、Xd、Yd、Ye、Yf及び炭素原子によって形成される環の少なくとも一方がペリミジン環ではない、請求項4又は5に記載の固体高分子材料。 In the general formula (1), a ring formed by X a , X b , Y a , Y b , Y c and a carbon atom, and X c , X d , Y d , Y e , Y f and a carbon atom are formed. The solid polymer material according to claim 4 or 5, wherein at least one of the rings formed is not a perimidine ring.
  7.  前記一般式(1)で表される化合物が下記一般式(2)で表される化合物である、請求項4~6のいずれか1項に記載の固体高分子材料。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    [Het2は、前記一般式(1)のHet1と同義である。
     X2a、X2b、X2c及びX2dは、それぞれ前記一般式(1)のXa、Xb、Xc及びXdと同義である。
     Y2b、Y2c、Y2e及びY2fは、それぞれ前記一般式(1)のYb、Yc、Ye及びYfと同義である。
     L1及びL2は、それぞれ独立して酸素原子、硫黄原子または=NRaを表す(Raは、水素原子または1価の置換基を表す。)。
     Z1及びZ2はそれぞれ独立して、Y2b及びY2cまたはY2e及びY2fと一緒になって4~8員環を形成するのに必要な原子群を表す。]
    The solid polymer material according to any one of claims 4 to 6, wherein the compound represented by the general formula (1) is a compound represented by the following general formula (2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    [Het 2 is synonymous with Het 1 in the general formula (1).
    X 2a , X 2b , X 2c and X 2d have the same meanings as X a , X b , X c and X d in the general formula (1), respectively.
    Y 2b , Y 2c , Y 2e and Y 2f have the same meanings as Y b , Y c , Y e and Y f in the general formula (1), respectively.
    L 1 and L 2 each independently represent an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom or ═NR a (R a represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent).
    Z 1 and Z 2 each independently represents an atomic group necessary for forming a 4- to 8-membered ring together with Y 2b and Y 2c or Y 2e and Y 2f . ]
  8.  前記一般式(2)で表される化合物が下記一般式(3)で表される化合物である、請求項7記載の固体高分子材料。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    [Het3は、前記一般式(2)のHet2と同義である。
     X3a、X3b、X3c及びX3dは、それぞれ前記一般式(2)のX2a、X2b、X2c及びX2dと同義である。
     R3a、R3b、R3c、R3d、R3e、R3f、R3g及びR3hは互いに独立して、水素原子または1価の置換基を表す。]
    The solid polymer material according to claim 7, wherein the compound represented by the general formula (2) is a compound represented by the following general formula (3).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    [Het 3 is synonymous with Het 2 in the general formula (2).
    X 3a , X 3b , X 3c and X 3d have the same meanings as X 2a , X 2b , X 2c and X 2d in the general formula (2), respectively.
    R 3a , R 3b , R 3c , R 3d , R 3e , R 3f , R 3g and R 3h each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. ]
  9.  前記一般式(3)で表される化合物が下記一般式(4)で表される化合物である、請求項8記載の固体高分子材料。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    [Het4は、前記一般式(3)のHet3と同義である。
     R4a、R4b、R4c、R4d、R4e、R4f、R4g及びR4hは、それぞれ前記一般式(3)のR3a、R3b、R3c、R3d、R3e、R3f、R3g及びR3hと同義である。]
    The solid polymer material according to claim 8, wherein the compound represented by the general formula (3) is a compound represented by the following general formula (4).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    [Het 4 is synonymous with Het 3 in the general formula (3).
    R 4a , R 4b , R 4c , R 4d , R 4e , R 4f , R 4g and R 4h are R 3a , R 3b , R 3c , R 3d , R 3e , R 3f in the general formula (3), respectively. , R 3g and R 3h . ]
  10.  前記一般式(4)で表される化合物が下記一般式(5)で表される化合物である、請求項9記載の固体高分子材料。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    [R5a、R5b、R5c、R5d、R5e、R5f、R5g及びR5hは、それぞれ前記一般式(4)のR4a、R4b、R4c、R4d、R4e、R4f、R4g及びR4hと同義である。R5i及びR5jは互いに独立して、水素原子または1価の置換基を表す。]
    The solid polymer material according to claim 9, wherein the compound represented by the general formula (4) is a compound represented by the following general formula (5).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    [R 5a , R 5b , R 5c , R 5d , R 5e , R 5f , R 5g and R 5h are R 4a , R 4b , R 4c , R 4d , R 4e , R in the general formula (4), respectively. It is synonymous with 4f , R4g and R4h . R 5i and R 5j each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. ]
  11.  請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載の固体高分子材料からなるフィルム。 A film comprising the solid polymer material according to any one of claims 1 to 10.
PCT/JP2009/066961 2008-09-30 2009-09-29 Solid polymer material WO2010038743A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2008-253715 2008-09-30
JP2008253715A JP2010083980A (en) 2008-09-30 2008-09-30 Solid polymeric material

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2010038743A1 true WO2010038743A1 (en) 2010-04-08

Family

ID=42073504

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2009/066961 WO2010038743A1 (en) 2008-09-30 2009-09-29 Solid polymer material

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2010083980A (en)
WO (1) WO2010038743A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2015042446A (en) * 2013-08-26 2015-03-05 三菱樹脂株式会社 Laminate polyester film
WO2019078141A1 (en) * 2017-10-17 2019-04-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Water splitting device
CN111989612A (en) * 2018-04-18 2020-11-24 富士胶片株式会社 Lens for spectacles and spectacles

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6392687B2 (en) * 2015-03-09 2018-09-19 株式会社トクヤマデンタル Dental photopolymerizable composition
CN116179119A (en) * 2015-12-25 2023-05-30 日东电工株式会社 Adhesive composition and adhesive layer for organic EL display device, polarizing film with adhesive layer, and organic EL display device
JP6917187B2 (en) 2016-05-10 2021-08-11 住友化学株式会社 Optical film and flexible devices using it
JPWO2018173979A1 (en) * 2017-03-21 2019-11-07 富士フイルム株式会社 Adhesive composition and adhesive sheet
CN115885016A (en) * 2020-06-10 2023-03-31 富士胶片株式会社 Compositions and compounds

Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH1112371A (en) * 1997-06-25 1999-01-19 Toyobo Co Ltd Transparent ultraviolet light-cutting polyester film
JP2001315262A (en) * 2000-05-11 2001-11-13 Teijin Ltd Antireflection film
JP2003526650A (en) * 2000-03-17 2003-09-09 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフトング Preparations containing quinoxaline derivatives
JP2004010875A (en) * 2002-06-12 2004-01-15 Mitsubishi Polyester Film Copp Polyester film for display
JP2004050405A (en) * 2002-05-27 2004-02-19 Teijin Dupont Films Japan Ltd Laminated polyester film
JP2004202899A (en) * 2002-12-26 2004-07-22 Mitsubishi Polyester Film Copp Biaxially stretched laminated polyester film
JP2005346999A (en) * 2004-06-01 2005-12-15 Mitsubishi Polyester Film Copp Polyester film for dye-sensitized solar cell
JP2008195830A (en) * 2007-02-13 2008-08-28 Fujifilm Corp Ultraviolet absorbing film and panel filter produced by using the same
JP2008273927A (en) * 2007-03-30 2008-11-13 Fujifilm Corp Heterocyclic compound
WO2009122968A1 (en) * 2008-03-30 2009-10-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Resin molded product and polymer film
JP2009242641A (en) * 2008-03-31 2009-10-22 Fujifilm Corp Ultraviolet light absorbent composition
JP2009242642A (en) * 2008-03-31 2009-10-22 Fujifilm Corp Ultraviolet absorbent composition

Patent Citations (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH1112371A (en) * 1997-06-25 1999-01-19 Toyobo Co Ltd Transparent ultraviolet light-cutting polyester film
JP2003526650A (en) * 2000-03-17 2003-09-09 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフトング Preparations containing quinoxaline derivatives
JP2001315262A (en) * 2000-05-11 2001-11-13 Teijin Ltd Antireflection film
JP2004050405A (en) * 2002-05-27 2004-02-19 Teijin Dupont Films Japan Ltd Laminated polyester film
JP2004010875A (en) * 2002-06-12 2004-01-15 Mitsubishi Polyester Film Copp Polyester film for display
JP2004202899A (en) * 2002-12-26 2004-07-22 Mitsubishi Polyester Film Copp Biaxially stretched laminated polyester film
JP2005346999A (en) * 2004-06-01 2005-12-15 Mitsubishi Polyester Film Copp Polyester film for dye-sensitized solar cell
JP2008195830A (en) * 2007-02-13 2008-08-28 Fujifilm Corp Ultraviolet absorbing film and panel filter produced by using the same
JP2008273927A (en) * 2007-03-30 2008-11-13 Fujifilm Corp Heterocyclic compound
WO2009122968A1 (en) * 2008-03-30 2009-10-08 富士フイルム株式会社 Resin molded product and polymer film
JP2009242641A (en) * 2008-03-31 2009-10-22 Fujifilm Corp Ultraviolet light absorbent composition
JP2009242642A (en) * 2008-03-31 2009-10-22 Fujifilm Corp Ultraviolet absorbent composition

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2015042446A (en) * 2013-08-26 2015-03-05 三菱樹脂株式会社 Laminate polyester film
WO2019078141A1 (en) * 2017-10-17 2019-04-25 富士フイルム株式会社 Water splitting device
JPWO2019078141A1 (en) * 2017-10-17 2020-11-05 富士フイルム株式会社 Water decomposition equipment
CN111989612A (en) * 2018-04-18 2020-11-24 富士胶片株式会社 Lens for spectacles and spectacles

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2010083980A (en) 2010-04-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5250289B2 (en) UV absorber composition
JP5329823B2 (en) UV absorber composition
WO2010038743A1 (en) Solid polymer material
JP5244437B2 (en) UV absorber composition
US8957140B2 (en) Triazine derivative, ultraviolet absorber, and resin composition
WO2009136624A1 (en) Ultraviolet absorbent composition
JP2009067973A (en) Polymer material containing ultraviolet absorber
JP5261319B2 (en) Lighting cover
JP5276876B2 (en) UV absorber composition
JP5667955B2 (en) Novel triazine derivative, UV absorber
WO2011089968A1 (en) Ultraviolet light absorbent composition
JP2010180288A (en) Ultraviolet absorber composition
US20100010123A1 (en) Ultraviolet absorbent and polymer material containing the same
JP2011088885A (en) Novel triazine derivative, uv absorber, and resin composition
JP2010095661A (en) Ultraviolet absorber
JP2012126882A (en) Uv-ray absorber composition
JP2009096984A (en) Ultraviolet absorber
JP2009067876A (en) Ultraviolet stabilizer
JP2009120653A (en) Ultraviolet absorber and composition containing the same
JP2011168759A (en) Silicone resin composition

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 09817775

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 09817775

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1